Diferencia entre revisiones de «Módulo:Citas»

De Enciclopedia de conocimiento de la Iglesia de Dios
Ir a la navegación Ir a la búsqueda
← Edición anteriorEdición siguiente →
Sin resumen de edición
Sin resumen de edición
Línea 1: Línea 1:
local z = {
    error_categories = {};
    error_ids = {};
    message_tail = {};
}
-- Include translation message hooks, ID and error handling configuration settings.
--local cfg = mw.loadData( 'Mdódulo:Citas/Configuración/pruebas' );


local cs1 ={};
-- Contains a list of all recognized parameters
--local whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Módulo:Citas/Whitelist/pruebas' );
--local dates = require('Módulo:Citas/ValidaciónFechas/pruebas').dates -- location of date validation code


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--Módulo para formatear las fechas
]]
local DateModule = require('Módulo:Date')._Date
 
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
 
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, remove_wiki_link;
 
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
local extract_ids, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
 
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
 
delare variables here that have page-wide scope
 
]]
 
local Preview_mode = false; -- flag indicating that we are rendering a preview page (Show preview button)
 
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.


This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
-- Whether variable is set or not
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
function is_set( var )
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
    return not (var == nil or var == '');
 
]]
 
local function first_set (list, count)
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
-- First set variable or nil if none
 
function first_set(...)
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
    local list = {...};
 
    for _, var in pairs(list) do
]]
        if is_set( var ) then
 
            return var;
local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
        end
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
    end
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
-- Whether needle is in haystack
 
function inArray( needle, haystack )
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
    if needle == nil then
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
        return false;
 
    end
]]
    for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
 
        if v == needle then
local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
            return n;
local function add_vanc_error (source)
        end
if not added_vanc_errs then
    end
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
    return false;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
end
end
end


 
--[[
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
Formatea una fecha para que se devuelva de la siguiente forma: "1 de enero de 2020"
 
Formats a date so it is returned as follows: "1 de enero de 2020"
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
returns true if it does, else false
 
]]
]]


local function is_scheme (scheme)
function format_date(date_string)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
function dateFormatter(text)
end
return DateModule(text):text('%-d de %B de %-Y')
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
 
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
 
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
 
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
 
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end
end
-- Do most common case first
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
end
end


 
local stat, res = pcall(dateFormatter, date_string)
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.
 
]]
 
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
 
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
 
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
 
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
Strip off any port and path;
 
]]
 
local function split_url (url_str)
local scheme, authority, domain;
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
return scheme, domain;
if stat then
      return res
    else
      return date_string
    end
end
end


 
--[[
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |day=, |month=,
 
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regarless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
 
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
 
]]
]]
 
function deprecated_parameter( name )
local function link_param_ok (value)
-- table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add error message
local scheme, domain;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', { name }, true ) } ); -- add error message
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
-- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
 
function substitute( msg, args )
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
-- return args and tostring( mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ) ) or msg;
 
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
that condition exists
 
]]
 
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
 
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
end
end
 
if is_set (orig) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
end


 
--[[
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
 
]]
 
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
return false;
end
local scheme, domain;
 
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
 
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
]=]
 
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;
 
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
end
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
 
 
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
 
loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
 
]]
 
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
 
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
 
]]
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
end
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
 
Format an external link with error checking
 
]]
 
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
local error_str = "";
local domain;
local path;
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
 
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
 
]]
 
local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
 
--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
]]
]]
 
function kern_quotes (str)
local function kern_quotes (str)
local left='<span style="padding-left:0.2em;">%1</span>'; -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark
local cap='';
local right='<span style="padding-right:0.2em;">%1</span>'; -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark
local cap2='';
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
if  str:match ("^[\"\'][^\']") then
if is_set (cap) then
str = string.gsub( str, "^[\"\']", left, 1 ); -- replace (captured) leading single or double quote with left-side <span>
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
 
if str:match ("[^\'][\"\']$") then
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
str = string.gsub( str, "[\"\']$", right, 1 ); -- replace (captured) trailing single or double quote with right-side <span>
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
return str;
return str;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
-- Wraps a string using a message_list configuration taking one argument
 
function wrap( key, str, lower )
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
    if not is_set( str ) then
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
        return "";
in italic markup.
    elseif inArray( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
 
        str = safeforitalics( str );
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
    end
 
    if lower == true then
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
        return substitute( cfg.messages[key]:lower(), {str} );
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
    else
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
        return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
|script-title=ja : *** ***
    end      
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
 
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
 
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
 
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
 
local function format_script_value (script_value)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not is_set (lang) then
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "gl" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
-- add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
-- add_prop_cat ('script')
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
 
return script_value;
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
 
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]
 
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
if is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
return title;
end
end


 
--[[
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument
 
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
 
]]
]]
 
function argument_wrapper( args )
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
    local origin = {};
if not is_set( str ) then
   
return "";
    return setmetatable({
end
        ORIGIN = function( self, k )
if true == lower then
            local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
local msg;
            return origin[k];
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
        end
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
    },
else
    {
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
        __index = function ( tbl, k )
end
            if origin[k] ~= nil then
                return nil;
            end
           
            local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
           
            if type( list ) == 'table' then
                v, origin[k] = selectone( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
                if origin[k] == nil then
                    origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
                end
            elseif list ~= nil then
                v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
            else
                -- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
                -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
                error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
            end
           
            -- Empty strings, not nil;
            if v == nil then
                v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
                origin[k] = '';
            end
           
            tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
            return v;
        end,
    });
end
end


 
--[[
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
 
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
 
]]
 
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
local chapter_error = '';
if not is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
 
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 
if is_set (transchapter) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
 
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
 
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
first match.
 
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
 
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
 
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
 
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.
 
]]
 
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local i=1;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
return;
end
 
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
err_msg = char .. ' ';
end
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
 
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
 
]]
 
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local origin = {};
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
},
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
end
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
 
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.


Línea 689: Línea 164:
false - deprecated, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
]]
 
function validate( name )
local function validate( name )
local name = tostring( name );
local name = tostring( name );
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
Línea 699: Línea 172:
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
deprecated_parameter ( name ); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
return true;
end
end
Línea 708: Línea 181:
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
deprecated_parameter ( name ); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
return true;
end
end
Línea 715: Línea 188:
end
end


-- Formats a comment for error trapping
function errorcomment( content, hidden )
    return wrap( hidden and 'hidden-error' or 'visible-error', content );
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
of the error message in the output is the responsibility of the calling function.
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
 
]]
]]
function seterror( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
    local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
   
    prefix = prefix or "";
    suffix = suffix or "";
   
    if error_state == nil then
        error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
    elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
        table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
    end
   
    local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
   
    message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
        "#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
        cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
   
    z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
    if inArray( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
            and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
        return '', false;
    end
   
    message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
   
    if raw == true then
        return message, error_state.hidden;
    end       
       
    return errorcomment( message, error_state.hidden );
end


local function nowrap_date (date)
-- Formats a wiki style external link
local cap='';
function externallinkid(options)
local cap2='';
    local url_string = options.id;
    if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
        url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
    end
    return wrap( 'id', internallink(options.link, options.label) ..
        (options.separator or "&nbsp;") .. mw.ustring.format( '[%s%s%s %s]',
        options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
        mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
    ));
end


if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
-- Formats a wiki style internal link
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
function internallinkid(options)
    return wrap( 'id', internallink(options.link, options.label) ..
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
        (options.separator or "&nbsp;") .. mw.ustring.format( '[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
        options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
        mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
end
    ));
return date;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
-- Format an internal link, if link is really set
 
function internallink( link, label )
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
if link and link ~= '' then
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]', link, label )
 
else
]]
return label
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if is_set(title_type) then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
end


 
-- Format an external link with error checking
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
function externallink( URL, label, source )
 
    local error_str = "";
Converts a hyphen to a dash
    if not is_set( label ) then
 
        label = URL;
]]
        if is_set( source ) then
 
            error_str = seterror( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap( 'parameter', source ) }, false, " " );
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
        else
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
            error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
return str;
        end
end
    end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
    if not checkurl( URL ) then
        error_str = seterror( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
    elseif mw.title.getCurrentTitle():inNamespaces(0, 100, 104) and
    not mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text:match('Wikipedia') and
    URL:match('//[%a%.%-]+%.wikipedia%.org') then
    error_str = seterror( 'bad_url_autorreferencia', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
    end
    return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safeforurl( label ), "]", error_str });
end
end
--[[--------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ L C C N >--------------------------------------------------


lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
 
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
]]
]]


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
--[[
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
]]
local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
trim = false;
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end


if trim then
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
end
return str;
end 


local prefix
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
 
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9.  Puncutation not allowed.
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
 
end
]]
 
return lccn;
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
end
end
return false;
--[[
end
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
 
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
 
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
 
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
 
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
to use an external editor to maintain this code.


\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö
length = 8 then all digits
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö
length = 9 then lccn[1] is alpha
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both alpha or both digits
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ%
length = 11 then lccn[1] is alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both alpha


]]
]]
function lccn(id)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid


local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
id = normalize_lccn (id);
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn


if is_set (suffix) then
if 8 == len then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
end
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
if nil == id:match("^%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end
 
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
 
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
 
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
 
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
 
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
 
]]
 
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
 
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
end
 
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if 3 > name:len() then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
 
if not (id:match("^%a%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
 
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
 
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
 
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
end
if 3 > i then
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
if not id:match("^%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
else
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end
end
 
-- for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
-- table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
-- i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
-- if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
-- end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMID to see that it
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
 
]]
]]
 
function pmid(id)
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local test_limit = 45000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
local sep;
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
local namesep;
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}
 
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
else
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
if is_set(person.last) then
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
local mask = person.mask
else -- PMID is only digits
local one
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
local sep_one = sep;
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
etal = true;
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then  
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
end
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if count > 0 then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
end
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
return result, count
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
in the future, returns true; otherwse, returns false because the embargo has expired or |embargo= not set in this cite.
 
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.
 
]]
]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
function is_embargoed(embargo)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
if is_set(embargo) then
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
names[i] = v.last
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
end
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if good1 and good2 and tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then --is embargo date is in the future?
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return true; -- still embargoed
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
 
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
 
]]
 
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
 
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
-- add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
-- add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
end
end
return name, etal; --  
return false; -- embargo expired or |embargo= not set
end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
--[[
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.


Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article.  If the embargo specifies a date in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then
(author or editor) maintenance category.
the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.


PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
]]
]]
function pmc(id, embargo)
local test_limit = 12000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
   
local text;


local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
if id:match("^PMC%d") then
local count, _;
id = id:sub(4, j) -- remove 'PMC' preffix if given
if is_set (name) then
if name:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, ignore
name = name:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
else
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separactor character is acceptable
-- add_maint_cat ('mult_names', list_name:lower()); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end
end
return name; -- and done
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
end
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
 
else -- PMC is only digits
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
Gets name list from the input arguments
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
 
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
 
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
 
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
 
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last = name_has_mult_names (last, err_msg_list_name); -- check for multiple names in last and its aliases
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
 
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
if is_embargoed(embargo) then
end
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; --still embargoed so no external link
 
else
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, --no embargo date, ok to link to article
 
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
 
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
return the original language name string.
 
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.
 
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
 
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
 
]]
 
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
end
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
return text;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.
 
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.


When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant


Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.


This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
separated from each other by commas.
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
 
]]
 
local function language_parameter (lang)
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
 
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
 
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
 
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
 
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
end
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
                        name = ligazon_lingua(lang:lower())                      -- función para obter a ligazón á lingua


                        if name == '' then                                    -- se non se obtivo a ligazón á lingua, obter como en en.wiki
function doi(id, inactive)
                          name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
    local cat = ""
                        end
    local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
end
   
    local text;
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
if is_set(inactive) then
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
else
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
if is_set(inactive_year) then
end
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Wikipedia:Páginas con DOI inactivos desde " .. inactive_year );
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
-- add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code}) -- categorize it
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
-- add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2', {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
end
else
else
-- add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Wikipedia:Páginas con DOI inactivos" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
table.insert (language_list, name);
else
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end
end
 
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
if 2 >= code then
cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_doi' );
name = table.concat (language_list, ' e ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'e ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if this_wiki_name == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
return text .. inactive .. cat
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
 
function openlibrary(id)
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
    local code = id:sub(-1,-1)
 
    local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
]]
    if ( code == "A" ) then
 
        return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
            prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
            encode = handler.encode})
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
    elseif ( code == "M" ) then
end
        return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
            prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
            encode = handler.encode})
    elseif ( code == "W" ) then
        return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
            prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
            encode = handler.encode})
    else
        return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
            prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
            encode = handler.encode}) ..
            ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_ol' );
    end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:


|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
]]
]]
function issn(id)
local ModuloIdentificadores = require('Módulo:Identificadores')
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
local text;
local valid_issn = true;


local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and ndashes from the issn
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 didgits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
 
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
else
rendered style.
valid_issn=ModuloIdentificadores.esValidoISXN(id, 8); -- validate issn
 
]]
 
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
end


return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
if true == valid_issn then
end
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
 
else
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
 
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
 
]]
 
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
end
return sep, ps, ref
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those citations that have defaults.
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
Also handles the special case where it is desireable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
applying the pdf icon to external links.
 
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
 
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.
 
]]
]]
 
function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if is_set(title_type) then
if is_set (format) then
if "none" == title_type then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return format;
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
-- if "AV media notes" == cite_class or "DVD notes" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes
if "notas audiovisual" == cite_class or "notas de DVD" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes
return "Media notes"; -- display AV media notes / DVD media notes annotation -- Falta traducir


Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
elseif "podcast" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite podcast
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
return "Podcast"; -- display podcast annotation


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
elseif "pressrelease" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite press release
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
return "Press release"; -- display press release annotation
some variant of the text 'et al.').


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
elseif "techreport" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite techreport
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
return "Technical report"; -- display techreport annotation
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
 
elseif "tesis" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite thesis (degree option handled after this function returns)
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
return "Tesis"; -- display simple thesis annotation (without |degree= modification)
 
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
]]
 
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
-- add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
end
return max, etal;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
--[[
 
Determines whether a URL string is valid
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
 
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP


At present the only check is whether the string appears to
be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well
formed.
]]
]]
function checkurl( url_str )
    -- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
    return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil;
end


local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
-- Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
-- Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
function cleanisbn( isbn_str )
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
    return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
 
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- end
end
end


 
-- Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
function get_coins_pages (pages)
 
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
 
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
 
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
 
]]
 
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;
 
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
add_vanc_error ('wikilink');
end
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas
 
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
end
    while true do
-- this from extract_names ()
pattern = pages:match("%[([%w/:\.]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
return pages;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
function removewikilink( str )
    return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
        return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
    end));
end


Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
-- Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
function safeforurl( str )
    if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
        table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
    end
   
    return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {   
        ['['] = '&#91;',
        [']'] = '&#93;',
        ['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
-- Convierte un guión largo (signo de negativo) en un guión corto.
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
function dashtohyphen( str )
    if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
        return str;
    end   
    return str:gsub( '–', '-' );
end


When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
-- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
function safeforitalics( str )
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
    --[[ Note: We can not use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for
 
    italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
    (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and ''
 
    tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]]
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
   
    if not is_set(str) then
        return str;
    else
        if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span></span>" .. str; end
        if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span></span>"; end
       
        -- Remove newlines as they break italics.
        return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
    end
end


--[[
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation
characters.
]]
]]
function safejoin( tbl, duplicate_char )
    --[[
    Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
   
    This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
    long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
    in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
    ]]
   
    local str = '';
    local comp = '';
    local end_chr = '';
    local trim;
    for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
        if value == nil then value = ''; end
       
        if str == '' then
            str = value;
        elseif value ~= '' then
            if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then
                -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
                comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );
            else
                comp = value;
            end
           
            if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then
                trim = false;
                end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);
                -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"
                if end_chr == duplicate_char then
                    str = str:sub(1,-2);
                elseif end_chr == "'" then
                    if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then
                        str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";
                    elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then
                        trim = true;
                    elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then
                        trim = true;
                    end
                elseif end_chr == "]" then
                    if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then
                        trim = true;
                    elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then
                        trim = true;
                    end
                elseif end_chr == " " then
                    if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then
                        str = str:sub(1,-3);
                    end
                end


local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
                if trim then
local lastfirst = false;
                    if value ~= comp then
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
                        local dup2 = duplicate_char;
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) then
                        if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end
lastfirst=true;
                       
end
                        value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )
                    else
                        value = value:sub( 2, -1 );
                    end
                end
            end
            str = str .. value;
        end
    end
    return str;
end


if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
-- Attempts to convert names to initials.
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
function reducetoinitials(first)
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
    local initials = {}
local err_name;
    for word in string.gmatch(first, "%S+") do
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
        table.insert(initials, string.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
err_name = 'author';
    end
else
    return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
 
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
end


-- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
function listpeople(control, people)
    local sep = control.sep;
    local namesep = control.namesep
    local format = control.format
    local maximum = control.maximum
    local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
    local text = {}
    local etal = false;
   
    if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
    if maximum ~= nil and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end
   
    for i,person in ipairs(people) do
        if is_set(person.last) then
            local mask = person.mask
            local one
            local sep_one = sep;
            if maximum ~= nil and i > maximum then
                etal = true;
                break;
            elseif (mask ~= nil) then
                local n = tonumber(mask)
                if (n ~= nil) then
                    one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
                else
                    one = mask;
                    sep_one = " ";
                end
            else
                one = person.last
                local first = person.first
                if is_set(first) then
                    if ( "vanc" == format ) then first = reducetoinitials(first) end
                    one = one .. namesep .. first
                end
                if is_set(person.link) then one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" end
                if is_set(person.link) and nil ~= person.link:find("//") then one = one .. " " .. seterror( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- check for url in author link;
            end
            table.insert( text, one )
            table.insert( text, sep_one )
        end
    end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
    local count = #text / 2;
    if count > 0 then
        if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
            text[#text-2] = " & ";
        end
        text[#text] = nil;
    end
   
    local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
    if etal then
        local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
        result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
    end
   
    -- if necessary wrap result in <span> tag to format in Small Caps
    if ( "scap" == format ) then result =
        '<span class="smallcaps" style="font-variant:small-caps">' .. result .. '</span>';
    end
    return result, count
end


This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
-- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID.
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
function anchorid( options )
in the source template) the function refurns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
    return "CITAREF" .. table.concat( options ); --return "CITEREF" .. table.concat( options );
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
end


]]
-- Gets name list from the input arguments
function extractnames(args, list_name)
    local names = {};
    local i = 1;
    local last;
   
    while true do
        last = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
        if not is_set(last) then
            -- just in case someone passed in an empty parameter
            break;
        end
        names[i] = {
            last = last,
            first = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
            link = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
            mask = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i )
        };
        i = i + 1;
    end
    return names;
end


local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
if not is_set (value) then
function extractids( args )
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
    local id_list = {};
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
    for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do   
return true;
        v = selectone( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
else
        if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
    end
return false
    return id_list;
end
end
end


-- Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
function buildidlist( id_list, options )
    local new_list, handler = {};
   
    function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
   
    for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
        -- fallback to read-only cfg
        handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
       
        if handler.mode == 'external' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, externallinkid( handler ) } );
        elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internallinkid( handler ) } );
        elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
            error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
        elseif k == 'DOI' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
        elseif k == 'LCCN' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
        elseif k == 'OL' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
        elseif k == 'PMC' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
        elseif k == 'PMID' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
        elseif k == 'ISSN' then
        table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v:upper() ) } );
        elseif k == 'ISBN' then
            --local ISBN = internallinkid( handler );
            --if not checkisbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
            --    ISBN = ISBN .. seterror( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
            --end       
        local ISBN
        if options.ISBNCorrecto or options.ISBNSugerido or is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
        ISBN = internallinkid( handler );
        else -- ISBN incorrecto.
      ISBN = internallinkid( handler ) .. seterror( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
        end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );               
 
        else
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
            error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
        end
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
    end
single space character.
   
 
    function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
]]
        return a[1] < b[1];
 
    end
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
   
if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
    table.sort( new_list, comp );
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
    for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
else
        new_list[k] = v[2];
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
    end
end
   
    return new_list;
end
end


function CorregirISBN(ISBNIncorrecto)
local ModuloIdentificadores = require('Módulo:Identificadores')
local ISBNCorregido
--  Convertir mayúsculas
ISBNCorregido = ISBNIncorrecto:upper()


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
-- Corregir guiones
ISBNCorregido = ISBNCorregido:gsub("%–","-");
-- Eliminar ISBN del principio
    ISBNCorregido =ISBNCorregido:match("ISBN (.*)") or ISBNCorregido;
-- Eliminar separadores como "." y "," del final
ISBNCorregido = ISBNCorregido:gsub("[%.,]","");


returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
if ModuloIdentificadores.esValidoISBN(ISBNCorregido) then
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
return ISBNCorregido
end


]]
--  Ver si se trata de un ISBN de 13
local ISBNCorregidoSin978
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
ISBNCorregidoSin978 = ISBNCorregido:match("^978[%s-]*(.*)")
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
if ISBNCorregidoSin978 and ModuloIdentificadores.esValidoISBN(ISBNCorregidoSin978) then
return '';
--  "978" + ISBN10
return ISBNCorregidoSin978
end
end
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
-- ISBN de 13 al que se ha quitado 978
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
if ModuloIdentificadores.esValidoISBN('978'..ISBNCorregido) then  
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
if ISBNCorregido:match('-') then  
elseif is_set (volume) then
return '978-' .. ISBNCorregido
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
elseif ISBNCorregido:match(' ') then  
return '978 ' .. ISBNCorregido
else
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
return '978' .. ISBNCorregido
end
end
end
end
local vol = '';
--  13 ISBN o 13: ISBN
local ISBNCorregidoSi13
if is_set (volume) then
ISBNCorregidoSin13 = ISBNCorregido:match("^13:?[%s]+(.*)")
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
if ISBNCorregidoSin13 and ModuloIdentificadores.esValidoISBN(ISBNCorregidoSin13) then  
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
return ISBNCorregidoSin13
else
vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash(volume));
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
end
return vol;
end
end


function CorregirISBNs(ISBNIncorrecto1, ISBNIncorrecto2)
-- Tomar aquel de los dos ISBNs correctos si uno de ellos es un ISBN10 y el
-- otro el correspondiente ISBN13


 
local ISBN1Corregido = CorregirISBN(ISBNIncorrecto1)
 
local ISBN2Corregido = CorregirISBN(ISBNIncorrecto2)
 
 
--[[-------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ P A G E _ L I S T >-----------------------------------------
 
not currently used
 
normalizes a comma, ampersand, and/or space separated list to be '<value>, <value>, ..., <value>'
returns list unchanged if there are no commas else strips whitespace and then reformats the list
 
]]
--[[
local function normalize_page_list (list)
if not list:find ('[,& ]') then return list end -- if list is not delimited with commas, ampersands, or spaces; done
list = mw.text.split (list, '[,&%s]+'); -- make a table of values
if ISBN1Corregido and ISBN2Corregido then
list = table.concat (list, ', '); -- and now make a normalized list
-- Ambos son correctos.
return list;
if ISBN1Corregido == ISBN2Corregido then
end
-- Ambos son iguales (tras corregirse)
]]
return ISBN1Corregido
 
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
 
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets
 
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
 
]]
 
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
end
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);


if is_set (page) then
-- Ver si uno de ellos es un ISBN10 y el otro un ISBN13
if is_journal then
local ISBNSinDigitoControl
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
ISBNSinDigitoControl = ISBN1Corregido:match("(.*).")
elseif not nopp then
if ISBNSinDigitoControl and ISBN2Corregido:match("978[%s-]*" .. ISBNSinDigitoControl) then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
return ISBN2Corregido
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
ISBNSinDigitoControl = ISBN2Corregido:match("(.*).")
if ISBNSinDigitoControl and ISBN1Corregido:match("978[%s-]*" .. ISBNSinDigitoControl) then
return ISBN1Corregido
end
elseif ISBN1Corregido then
return ISBN1Corregido
elseif ISBN2Corregido then
return ISBN1Corregido
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end
end


function SugerirISBN(ISBNIncorrecto)
local ISBNSugerido


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
-- Ejemplos:
--     0 88254 165 x --> 0 88254 165 X
--     0-7153-5734-4.  --> 0-7153-5734-4
--     0–313–31807–7 --> 0-313-31807-7
-- ISBN(13): 9788495379092
-- 978-0-7432-9302-0 y 0-7432-9302-0
-- 9788430948949 8430948945
-- 8496702057 9788496702059
-- 0198152213, 978019815221
-- 13 978-0-511-41399-5
-- 13: 9788432238406


Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
-- ISBN con caracteres incorrectos.
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
ISBNSugerido=CorregirISBN(ISBNIncorrecto)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
if ISBNSugerido then
unwitting readers to do.
return ISBNSugerido
 
end
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
 
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
 
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
 
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
 
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
archive url:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
 
]=]
 
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
if not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/') then
--  ISBN10, ISBN13 o ISBN13, ISBN10
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
local ISBN1, ISBN2
ISBN1, ISBN2 = ISBNIncorrecto:match("(.*),%s*(.*)")
if is_set(ISBN1) and is_set(ISBN2) then
ISBNSugerido = CorregirISBNs(ISBN1, ISBN2)
if ISBNSugerido then
return ISBNSugerido
end
end
end


if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
--  ISBN10 y ISBN13 o ISBN13 y ISBN10
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {'save command'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
ISBN1, ISBN2 = ISBNIncorrecto:match("(.*)%s+y%s+(.*)")
if Preview_mode then
if is_set(ISBN1) and is_set(ISBN2) then
return url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1), date; -- preview mode: modify and return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
ISBNSugerido = CorregirISBNs(ISBN1, ISBN2)
else
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
if ISBNSugerido then
end
return ISBNSugerido
end  
end
end


-- if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/web/%*/') or url:match('//web%.archive%.org/%*/') then -- wildcard with or without 'web/' path element
-- ISBN10 ISBN13 o ISBN13 ISBN10
-- table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {'wildcard'}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
ISBN1, ISBN2 = ISBNIncorrecto:match("(.*)%s+(.*)")
-- return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
if is_set(ISBN1) and is_set(ISBN2) then
-- end
ISBNSugerido = CorregirISBNs(ISBN1, ISBN2)
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
if ISBNSugerido then
return ISBNSugerido
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
end
err_msg = 'data';
end
if '*' ~= flag then
end
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
 
end
-- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
-- Generates an error if more than one match is present.
err_msg = 'ruta';
function selectone( args, possible, error_condition, index )
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
    local value = nil;
err_msg = 'bandeira';
    local selected = '';
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
    local error_list = {};
err_msg = 'bandeira';
   
else
    if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
   
end
    -- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
-- if here something not right so
    if index == '1' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
        for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
if Preview_mode then
            v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
            if is_set(args[v]) then
else
                if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
                    table.insert( error_list, v );
end
                else
                    value = args[v];
                    selected = v;
                end
            end
        end       
    end
   
    for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
        if index ~= nil then
            v = v:gsub( "#", index );
        end
        if is_set(args[v]) then
            if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
                table.insert( error_list, v );
            else
                value = args[v];
                selected = v;
            end
        end
    end
   
    if #error_list > 0 then
        local error_str = "";
        for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
            if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
            error_str = error_str .. wrap( 'parameter', k );
        end
        if #error_list > 1 then
            error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
        else
            error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
        end
        error_str = error_str .. wrap( 'parameter', selected );
        table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
    end
   
    return value, selected;
end
end


 
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
-- the citation information.
 
function COinS(data)
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
    if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a
        return '';
parameter that is missing its pipe:
    end
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
   
 
    local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html
   
tags are removed before the search.
    -- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
 
    local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
        __newindex = function(self, key, value)
 
            if is_set(value) then
]]
                rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( removewikilink( value ) ) } );
 
            end
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
        end
local capture;
    });
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
   
 
    if is_set(data.Chapter) then
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
        OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
        OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
-- add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
        OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Chapter;
end
        OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
    elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
        OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
        OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
        OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
        OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
    else
        OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
        OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
        OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
    end
   
    OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
    OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
    OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
    OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
    OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
    OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
    OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
    OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
   
    for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
        local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
        if k == 'ISBN' then value = cleanisbn( v ); else value = v; end
        if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
            OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
        else
            OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
        end
    end
   
    local last, first;
    for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
        last, first = v.last, v.first;
        if k == 1 then
            if is_set(last) then
                OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
            end
            if is_set(first) then
                OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
            end
        end
        if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
            OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
        elseif is_set(last) then
            OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
        end
    end
   
    OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
    OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
    OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
   
    -- sort with version string always first, and combine.
    table.sort( OCinSoutput );
    table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
    return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end
end


 
--[[
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
 
formatting.
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
 
]]
]]
function citation0( config, args)
local ModuloIdentificadores = require('Módulo:Identificadores')
    --[[
    Load Input Parameters
    The argment_wrapper facillitates the mapping of multiple
    aliases to single internal variable.
    ]]
    local A = argument_wrapper( args );


local function citation0( config, args)
    local i  
--[[
    local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
Load Input Parameters
    local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
    if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
]]
   
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
    -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
local i  
    -- define different field names for the same underlying things.  
 
    local Authors = A['Authors'];
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
    local a = extractnames( args, 'AuthorList' );
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
end
if is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
 
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local Others = A['Others'];
 
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
end
end
 
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
 
local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
 
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveURL;


ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
    local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
   
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
    local Editors = A['Editors'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
    local e = extractnames( args, 'EditorList' );
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end


local URL = A['URL']
    local Year = A['Year'];
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
    local wYear=Year;
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
    local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
    local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
    local Date = A['Date'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
    local wfecha = Date;
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
    local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
    ------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
    local Title = A['Title'];
    local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
    local Conference = A['Conference'];
    local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
    local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
    local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
    local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
    local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink'];
    local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
    local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
    local Degree = A['Degree'];
    local Docket = A['Docket'];
    local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
    local URL = A['URL']
    local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
    local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
    local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');
    local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
    local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');
    local SinURL    = false;
    local Periodical = A['Periodical'];


local Series = A['Series'];
local Series = A['Series'];
    local Volume = A['Volume'];
local Volume;
    local Issue = A['Issue'];
local Issue;
    local Position = '';
local Page;
    local Page = A['Page'];
local Pages;
    local Pages = dashtohyphen( A['Pages'] );
local At;
    local At = A['At'];
 
    local Others = A['Others'];
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
    local Edition = A['Edition'];
Volume = A['Volume'];
    local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
end
    local Place = A['Place'];
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
    local Passage = A['Passage'];
Issue = A['Issue'];
    local PassageURL = A['PassageURL'];
end
   
local Position = '';
    local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
    local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
Page = A['Page'];
    local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
    local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
At = A['At'];
    local Via = A['Via'];
end
    local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
 
    local MesAcceso  = A['MesAcceso']; -- Inexistente en la plantilla original
local Edition = A['Edition'];
    local AnyoAcceso  = A['AñoAcceso']; -- Inexistente en la plantilla original
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
    local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
local Place = A['Place'];
    local Agency = A['Agency'];
    local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
    local Language = A['Language'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
    local Format = A['Format'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
    local Ref = A['Ref'];
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end
 
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
 
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
    local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
    local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
    local Texto1  = A['Texto1']
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
    local ID_list = extractids( args );
end
    local ISBNCorrecto = false;
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
    local ISBNSugerido;
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );


local Quote = A['Quote'];
    if is_set (ID_list['ISBN']) and not is_set (IgnoreISBN)  then
    if ModuloIdentificadores.esValidoISBN(ID_list['ISBN']) then
    ISBNCorrecto= true
    else
    ISBNSugerido = SugerirISBN(ID_list['ISBN'])
    if ISBNSugerido then
    ID_list['ISBN'] = ISBNSugerido
    end
    end
    end
    local Lista_Identificadores_Formateados={} -- Lista de identificadores con enlaces y en su caso con  los errores
   
    local Quote = A['Quote'];
    local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
local PostScript = A['PostScript'];


local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
    local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
    local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
    local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
    local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']  
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
    local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']  
    local sepc = A['Separator'];
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL


local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
    local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
    local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end


--these are used by cite interview
--these are used by cite interview
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local City = A['City'];
local City = A['City'];
local Cointerviewers = A['Cointerviewers']; -- deprecated
local Interviewer = A['Interviewer']; -- deprecated
local Program = A['Program'];
local Program = A['Program'];
--Parámetros que no se utilizan en la plantilla inglesa
local SinEd = A['SinEd']
local Extra = A['Extra']
local Traductor  = A['Traductor']
local Traductores = A['Traductores']


--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
    local page_type; -- is this needed?  Doesn't appear to be used anywhere;
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
    local use_lowercase
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
    local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); --Also used for COinS and for language
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
-- local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
 
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
end


-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories.
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if not is_set(no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
for k, v in pairs( cfg.uncategorized_namespaces ) do -- otherwise, spin through the list of namespaces we don't include in error categories
Mode = '';
if this_page.nsText == v then -- if we find one
end
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_trackin_cats
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
break; -- and we're done
local PostScript;
            end
local Ref;
        end
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
    end
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.  
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
    if is_set(Page) then
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
--     La categoría de la plantilla inglesa es intraducible. Utilizo otro error similar.
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
 
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
 
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end


if is_set(Page) then
        --if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
        --    Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages'); -- add error message
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
        --    Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
        --    At = '';
end
        --end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
        if is_set(Pages) then
elseif is_set(Pages) then
            Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;página=</code> y <code>&#124;páginas=</code>');
if is_set(At) then
            Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = ''; -- unset
            At = '';
end
        Passage = '';
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
        elseif is_set(At) then
end
            Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;página=</code> y <code>&#124;en=</code>');
            Pages = ''; -- unset the others
            At = '';
        Passage = '';
        elseif is_set(Passage) then
            Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;página=</code> y <code>&#124;pasaje=</code>');
            Pages = ''; -- unset the others
            At = '';
        Passage = '';
        end
    elseif is_set(Pages) then
        if is_set(At) then
            -- Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
            Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;páginas=</code> y <code>&#124;en=</code>');
            At = '';
        Passage = '';
        elseif is_set(Passage) then
            Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;páginas=</code> y <code>&#124;pasaje=</code>');
            At = '';
        Passage = '';
        end
    elseif is_set(At) then
    if is_set(Passage) then
            At = At .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;en=</code> y <code>&#124;pasaje=</code>');
        Passage = '';
        end
    end


-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
    if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
        PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
    end
   
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
    if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
   
--[[
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
Línea 2145: Línea 1374:


|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped


All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]
]]
 
-- if ( config.ClaseCita == "encyclopaedia" ) then
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
if ( config.ClaseCita == "enciclopedia" ) then
 
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if is_set(Title) then
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
end
Title = Periodical;
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
end
else -- |title not set
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
end
end
--special cases for classic book
if config.ClaseCita == 'libro' and is_set(Passage) then
if is_set(PassageURL) then
Passage = externallink( PassageURL, Passage )
end
if not is_set (sepc) then
sepc = ' ';
end
else
Passage = ''
end
--special cases for citation.
if (config.ClaseCita == "citation") then -- for citation templates
if not is_set (sepc) then -- if |separator= is not set
sepc = ','; -- set citation separator to its default (comma)
end
else -- not a citation template
if not is_set (sepc) then -- if |separator= has not been set
sepc = '.'; -- set cite xxx separator to its default (period)
end
end
if not is_set (Ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
-- if inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"citation", "libro", "publicación", "web"}) then -- for citation templates
-- En la Wikipedia inglesa solo se usan citas Harvard para la clase citation
-- Quedan habilitadas las citas Harvard para cualquier clase que contenga algún autor o editor
if  #a > 0 or #e > 0 then
Ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
end
-- check for specital case where |separator=none
if 'none' == sepc:lower() then -- if |separator=none
sepc = ''; -- then set it to a empty string
end
use_lowercase = ( sepc ~= '.' );
    Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";


-- Special case for cite techreport.
-- Special case for cite techreport.
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if (config.ClaseCita == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
ID = ID .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
end
end
end
end
end
-- special case for cite interview
-- special case for cite interview
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
elseif (config.ClaseCita == "entrevista") then
if is_set(Program) then
if is_set(Program) then
ID = ' ' .. Program;
ID = ' ' .. Program;
Línea 2211: Línea 1466:
end
end


if is_set(Others) then
if is_set(Interviewer) then
if is_set(TitleType) then
if is_set(TitleType) then
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' con ' .. Others;
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. TitleType .. ' con ' .. Interviewer  -- ' ' .. TitleType .. ' con ' .. Interviewer;
TitleType = '';
TitleType = '';
else
else
Others = ' ' .. 'Entrevista con ' .. Others;
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap('interview', Interviewer, use_lowercase) .. Others  -- ' ' .. 'Entrevista con ' .. Interviewer;
end
if is_set(Cointerviewers) then
Others = Others .. sepc .. ' ' .. Cointerviewers;
end
end
else
else
Others = '(Entrevista)';
Others = Others .. sepc .. ' (Entrevista)' --'(Interview)';
end
end
elseif is_set(ID) then
  ID = wrap( 'id', ID)
end
end


-- special case for cite mailing list
--Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
-- if config.ClaseCita == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
if config.ClaseCita == "publicación" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
if not is_embargoed(Embargo) then
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end
end


    if is_set(Texto1) and Texto1:match("%S+") then
        -- Informar la URL con el valor del campo 1 en su caso   
    if config.ClaseCita == "web" and not is_set(URL) and checkurl(Texto1) then
          table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'url_sugerida', {Texto1, 'url'}, true ) } )
        --URL    = Texto1  Utilizar URL como texto.
    else
    table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'text_ignored', {Texto1}, true ) } )
    end
    end
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
--TODO: if this is only for {{cite conference}}, shouldn't we be checking? (if config.ClaseCita=='conference' then ...)
   
if 'conferencia' == config.ClaseCita then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
Chapter = Title;
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
URLorigin = '';
Línea 2246: Línea 1521:
URL = '';
URL = '';
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
elseif 'speech' ~= config.ClaseCita then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end
 
-- cite map oddities
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite episode}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Cartography = "";
--[[ -- {{cite episode}} is not currently supported by this module
local Scale = "";
if config.ClaseCita == "episode" then
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
 
local Season = A['Season'];
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
local Network = A['Network'];
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
local Sep = (first_set(A["SeriesSeparator"], A["Separator"]) or "") .. " ";
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["episode"] .. " " .. Issue); Issue = ''; end
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["season"] .. " " .. Season); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["series"] .. " " .. SeriesNumber); end
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = Date or AirDate;
Date = AirDate;
Chapter = Title;
end
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
Title = Series;
local Season = A['Season'];
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
TransTitle = '';
 
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
Series = ''; -- unset
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
end
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
Series = table.concat(s, Sep);
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
ID = table.concat(n, Sep);
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
Chapter = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff]]


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |day=, |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
if not is_set(Date) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
if is_set(Date) then
local Month = A['Month'];
if is_set(Month) then
Date = Month .. " de " .. Date; --Month .. " " .. Date;
local Day = A['Day']
if is_set(Day) then Date = Day .. " de " .. Date end --if is_set(Day) then Date = Day .. " " .. Date end
end
elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promonte PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end
end
end


if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
end
 
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end


if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation


--[[
--[[
Línea 2390: Línea 1580:
we get the date used in the metadata.
we get the date used in the metadata.


Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
Date validation supporting code is in Módulo:Citas/ValidaciónFechas
]]
]]
-- do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
-- local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}, COinS_date);
--
-- if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
-- local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
-- if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
-- if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
-- error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
-- end
-- error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
-- elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
-- -- add_maint_cat ('date_year');
-- end
-- end
--
-- if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
-- local modified = false; -- flag
-- if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
-- modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
-- end
--
-- if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
-- modified = true;
-- -- add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
-- end
-- if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
-- AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
-- ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'];
-- Date = date_parameters_list['date'];
-- DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'];
-- LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
-- PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'];
-- end
-- else
---- table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
-- end


-- if is_set(error_message) then
--[[
-- table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['airdate']=AirDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
-- elseif is_set (DF) then
['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
-- if reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false) then -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
if is_set(error_message) then
-- AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with reformatted values
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
-- ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'];
-- Date = date_parameters_list['date'];
-- DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'];
-- LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
-- PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'];
-- end
-- end
-- end -- end of do
 
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
 
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end
end
 
]]
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set(Title) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
-- add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
['title']=Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
});
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') ));
end
end
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
local last_first_list;
-- local maximum;
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
if is_set (Editors) then
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end


if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
    -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
    -- automated parsing of citation information.
end
    local OCinSoutput = COinS{
end
        ['Periodical'] = Periodical,
        ['Chapter'] = Chapter,
        ['Title'] = Title,
        ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
        ['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
        ['Series'] = Series,
        ['Volume'] = Volume,
        ['Issue'] = Issue,
        ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
        ['Edition'] = Edition,
        ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
        ['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
        ['Authors'] = a,
        ['ID_list'] = ID_list,
        ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
    };


-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
    if is_set(Periodical) and not is_set(Chapter) and is_set(Title) then
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
        Chapter = Title;
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
        ChapterLink = TitleLink;
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
        TransChapter = TransTitle;
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
        Title = '';
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
        TitleLink = '';
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
        TransTitle = '';
    end


-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
    -- Now perform various field substitutions.
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
    -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
    -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
    if not is_set(Authors) then
end
        local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayAuthors'] );
       
        -- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
        if not is_set(Maximum) and #a == 9 then
            Maximum = 8;
            table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_author', {}, true ) } );
        elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
            Maximum = #a + 1;
        end
           
        local control = {
            sep = A["AuthorSeparator"] .. " ",
            namesep = (first_set(A["AuthorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
            format = A["AuthorFormat"],
            maximum = Maximum,
            lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp
        };
       
        -- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
        if is_set(Coauthors) then
            control.lastauthoramp = nil;
            control.maximum = #a + 1;
        end
       
        Authors = listpeople(control, a)  
    end


if not is_set(URL) then
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
-- Utilizo temporalmente los coautores como autores.
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
Authors = Coauthors
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
Coauthors = nil
AccessDate = '';
end
end
end


local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
    local EditorCount
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
    if not is_set(Editors) then
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
        local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayEditors'] );
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- swapped -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
        -- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
        if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then  
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
            Maximum = 3;
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
            table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
if 'no' ~= DeadURL and 'non' ~= DeadURL then
        elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
            Maximum = #e + 1;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
        end
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
elseif is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL and 'non' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
end
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
        local control = {  
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
            sep = A["EditorSeparator"] .. " ",
local chap_param;
            namesep = (first_set(A["EditorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
            format = A['EditorFormat'],
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
            maximum = Maximum,
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
            lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
        };
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end


if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
        Editors, EditorCount = listpeople(control, e);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
    else
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
        EditorCount = 1;
TransChapter = '';
    end
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end


Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
    local Cartography = "";
if is_set (Chapter) then
    local Scale = "";
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
    if config.ClaseCita == "map" then
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
        if not is_set( Authors ) and is_set( PublisherName ) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
            Authors = PublisherName;
end
            PublisherName = "";
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
        end
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
        Cartography = A['Cartography'];
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
        if is_set( Cartography ) then
            Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase );
        end       
        Scale = A['Scale'];
        if is_set( Scale ) then
            Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
        end       
    end
   
    if  not is_set(URL) and
        not is_set(ChapterURL) and
        not is_set(ArchiveURL) and
        not is_set(ConferenceURL) and
        not is_set(TranscriptURL) then
       
        sinURL = true
       
        -- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
if inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"web","podcast"}) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
end
end
       
 
        -- Test if format is given without giving a URL
-- Format main title.
        if is_set(Format) then
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
            Format = Format .. seterror( 'format_missing_url' );
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
        end
end
    end
   
    -- Test if citation has no title
    if  not is_set(Chapter) and
        not is_set(Title) and
        not is_set(Periodical) and
        not is_set(Conference) and
        not is_set(TransTitle) and
        not is_set(TransChapter) and
        not is_set(Passage) then
        table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
    end
   
    Format = is_set(Format) and " " .. wrap( 'format', Format ) or ""; --is_set(Format) and " (" .. Format .. ")" or "";
   
    local OriginalURL = URL
    DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();
    if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
        if ( DeadURL ~= "no" ) then
            URL = ArchiveURL
            URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')
        end
    end
   
    -- Format chapter / article title
    if is_set(Chapter) and is_set(ChapterLink) then
        Chapter = "[[" .. ChapterLink .. "|" .. Chapter .. "]]";
    end
    if is_set(Periodical) and is_set(Title) then
        Chapter = wrap( 'italic-title', Chapter );
        TransChapter = wrap( 'trans-italic-title', TransChapter );
    else
Chapter = kern_quotes (Chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
        Chapter = wrap( 'quoted-title', Chapter );
        TransChapter = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransChapter );
    end
   
    local TransError = ""
    if is_set(TransChapter) then
        if not is_set(Chapter) then
            TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_chapter' );
        else
            TransChapter = " " .. TransChapter;
        end
    end
   
    Chapter = Chapter .. TransChapter;
   
    if is_set(Chapter) then
        if not is_set(ChapterLink) then
            if is_set(ChapterURL) then
                Chapter = externallink( ChapterURL, Chapter ) .. TransError;
                if not is_set(URL) then
                    Chapter = Chapter .. Format;
                    Format = "";
                end
            elseif is_set(URL) then
                Chapter = externallink( URL, Chapter ) .. TransError .. Format;
                URL = "";
                Format = "";
            else
                Chapter = Chapter .. TransError;
            end           
        elseif is_set(ChapterURL) then
            Chapter = Chapter .. " " .. externallink( ChapterURL, nil, ChapterURLorigin ) ..
                TransError;
        else
            Chapter = Chapter .. TransError;
        end
        Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. " " -- with end-space
    elseif is_set(ChapterURL) then
        Chapter = " " .. externallink( ChapterURL, nil, ChapterURLorigin ) .. sepc .. " ";
    end       
   
    -- Format main title.
    if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
        Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
    end
   
    if is_set(Traductor) and is_set(Traductores) then
    Traductor = " " .. wrap( 'traductores', Traductores) .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;traductor=</code> y <code>&#124;traductores=</code>')
    elseif is_set(Traductor) then
    Traductor = " " .. wrap( 'traductor', Traductor)
    elseif is_set(Traductores) then
    Traductor = " " .. wrap( 'traductores', Traductores)
    end
   
    Traductores = ''
   
    if is_set(Periodical) then
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
        Title = wrap( 'quoted-title', Title );
        TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
--  elseif inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"web","news","pressrelease","conference","podcast"}) and
    elseif inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"web","noticia","pressrelease","conference","podcast"}) and   
            not is_set(Chapter) then
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
        Title = wrap( 'quoted-title', Title );
        TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
    else
        Title = wrap( 'italic-title', Title );
        TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-italic-title', TransTitle );
    end
   
    TransError = "";
    if is_set(TransTitle) then
        if not is_set(Title) then
            TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_title' );
        else
            TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
        end
    end
   
    Title = Title .. Traductor .. TransTitle;
   
    if is_set(Title) then
        if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
            Title = externallink( URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess ) .. TransError .. Format     
            URL = "";
            TieneURL = true;
            Format = "";
        else
            Title = Title .. TransError;
        end
    end
   
    if is_set(Place) then
        Place = " " .. wrap( 'written', Place, use_lowercase ) .. sepc .. " ";
    end
   
    if is_set(Conference) then
        if is_set(ConferenceURL) then
            Conference = externallink( ConferenceURL, Conference );
        end
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference
    elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. externallink( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
    end
   
    if not is_set(Position) then
        local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
        if is_set(Minutes) then
            Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
        else
            local Time = A['Time'];
            if is_set(Time) then
                local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
                if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
                    TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
                    if sepc ~= '.' then
                        TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
                    end
                end
                Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
            end
        end
    else
        Position = " " .. Position;
        At = '';
    end
   
    if not is_set(Page) then
        if is_set(Pages) then
            if is_set(Periodical) and
--              not inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
                not inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"enciclopedia","web","libro","noticia","podcast"}) then
                Pages = ": " .. Pages;
            elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
                Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
            else
                Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
            end
        end
    else
        if is_set(Periodical) and
--          not inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
            not inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"enciclopedia","web","libro","noticia","podcast"}) then           
            Page = ": " .. Page;
        else
            Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
        end
    end
   
    At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
    Passage = is_set(Passage) and (sepc .. " " .. Passage) or "";
    Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
    if config.ClaseCita == 'map' then
        local Section = A['Section'];
        local Inset = A['Inset'];
        if first_set( Pages, Page, At ) ~= nil or sepc ~= '.' then
            if is_set( Section ) then
                Section = ", " .. wrap( 'section', Section, true );
            end
            if is_set( Inset ) then
                Inset = ", " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, true );
            end
        else
            if is_set( Section ) then
                Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'section', Section, use_lowercase );
                if is_set( Inset ) then
                    Inset = ", " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, true );
                end
            elseif is_set( Inset ) then
                Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, use_lowercase );
            end           
        end           
        At = At .. Section .. Inset;       
    end  


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or
--[[Look in the list of iso639-1 language codes to see if the value provided in the language parameter matches one of them.  If a match is found,
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
use that value; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
Categories are assigned in a manner similar to the {{xx icon}} templates - categorizes only mainspace citations and only when the language code is not 'en' (English).
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
]]
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
 
local TransError = "";
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
if is_set (Language) then
-- Poner en minúsculas el primer caracter del idioma si está en mayúsculas
if is_set(Title) then
Language = Language:gsub("^%u", string.lower)
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format;
-- this experiment hidden 2016-04-10; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Recycled_urls
-- local temp_title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format; -- do this so we get error message even if url is usurped no archive
-- if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit no archive', 'usurped no archive'}) then -- when url links to inappropriate location and there is no archive of original source available
-- local err_msg
-- if temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)') then -- if there is an error message
-- Title, err_msg = temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)'); -- strip off external link; TODO: find a better to do this
-- Title = Title .. (err_msg or '');
-- end
-- else
-- Title = temp_title;
-- end


URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
if Language == 'español' or Language == 'castellano' or Language == 'es' or Language:match('^es%-.*') then
Format = "";
Language=""; -- No mostrar el idioma español
else
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
local name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( Language:lower(), "es" ); -- experiment: this seems to return correct ISO 639-1 language names
if is_set (name) then
Language=" " .. wrap( 'language', name );
else
Language=" " .. wrap( 'language', Language ); -- no match, use parameter's value
end
end
end
end
if is_set(Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end


if is_set (Conference) then
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
if not is_set(Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
if is_set(Minutes) then
if is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
else
Position = " " .. Position;
Language=""; -- Asegurarnos de que el idioma no es nulo.
At = '';
end
end


Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
 
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end


if is_set( Sections ) then
-- if inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"AV media notes", "DVD notes", "podcast", "pressrelease", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
if inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"notas audiovisual", "notas de DVD", "podcast", "pressrelease", "techreport", "tesis"}) then
elseif is_set( Section ) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.ClaseCita, TitleType);
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
if is_set(Degree) and "Tesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = "Tesis de " .. Degree;
end
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end
end


Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
if is_set (Translators) then
-- Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others;
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others;  
end
end


TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
if is_set(Edition) then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
if is_set(SinEd) then -- No existe el parámetro en el módulo de la wikipedia inglesa.
Edition = " " .. wrap( 'sin edición', Edition ) -- No existe el parámetro en el módulo de la wikipedia inglesa.
else
Edition = " " .. wrap( 'edition', Edition )
end
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
else
Edition = '';
Edition = ""
end
end
    Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
    Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
    OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
    Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";


Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
    if is_set(Volume) then
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
        if Volume:match ('^%d+$') or Volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') -- negrita solamente si el capítulo está reflejado como cifra decimal o números romanos
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
          then Volume = " <b>" .. dashtohyphen(Volume) .. "</b>";
          else Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
        end
    end


Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
--[[ This code commented out while discussion continues until after week of 2014-03-23 live module update;
    if is_set(Volume) then
        if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
          then Volume = sepc .. " " .. Volume;
          else
              Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
              if is_set(Series) then Volume = sepc .. Volume;
              end
        end
    end
]]   
    ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
    --[[ Loosely mimic {{subscription required}} template; Via parameter identifies a delivery source that is not the publisher; these sources often, but not always, exist
    behind a registration or paywall. So here, we've chosen to decouple via from subscription (via has never been part of the registration required template).
   
    Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
    ]]
    if is_set(Via) then
        Via = " " .. wrap( 'via', Via );
    end


------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if UrlAccess == 'registration' then
if is_set(Via) then
RegistrationRequired = true
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
end
if is_set(SubscriptionRequired) then
        SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; --here when 'via' parameter not used but 'subscription' is
    elseif is_set(RegistrationRequired) then
        SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; --here when 'via' and 'subscription' parameters not used but 'registration' is
    end


--[[
-- if is_set(AccessDate) then
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
    if is_set(AccessDate) or is_set(AnyoAcceso) then
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
        -- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
 
        if  sinURL then
]]
            table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
          AccessDate = '';
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
        else
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
        if is_set(AccessDate) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
if is_set(MesAcceso) and is_set(AnyoAcceso) then
else
AccessDate = AccessDate .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;fechaacceso=</code>, <code>&#124;añoacceso=</code> y <code>&#124;mesacceso=</code>')
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
elseif is_set(MesAcceso) then
end
AccessDate = AccessDate .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;fechaacceso=</code> y <code>&#124;mesacceso=</code>')
 
elseif is_set(AnyoAcceso) then
if is_set(AccessDate) then
if string.find(AccessDate, '%sde%s') then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
AccessDate = AccessDate .. ' de ' .. AnyoAcceso
 
    else
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
AccessDate = AccessDate .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;fechaacceso=</code> y <code>&#124;Añoacceso=</code>');
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
end
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
end
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
        elseif is_set(MesAcceso) then  
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
        AccessDate = MesAcceso .. ' de ' .. AnyoAcceso
end
        else
        AccessDate = AnyoAcceso
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
        end
   if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
            local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
            if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end
            AccessDate = '<span class="reference-accessdate">' .. sepc
              .. substitute( retrv_text, {format_date(AccessDate)} ) .. '</span>'
        end
    elseif is_set(MesAcceso) then
    end
   
    if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   if "tesis" == config.ClaseCita and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
end


ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
  Lista_Identificadores_Formateados = buildidlist( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, ISBNCorrecto = ISBNCorrecto, ISBNSugerido = ISBNSugerido} );
 
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end
 
if is_set(Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
local Archived
    if is_set(URL) then
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        URL = " " .. externallink( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
    end
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
   
end
-- Set postscript default.
if "no" == DeadURL or "non" == DeadURL then
if not is_set (PostScript) then -- if |postscript= has not been set (Postscript is nil which is the default for {{citation}}) and
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if (config.ClaseCita ~= "citation") then -- this template is not a citation template
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
PostScript = '.'; -- must be a cite xxx template so set postscript to default (period)
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
else
Archived = ""
if PostScript:lower() == 'none' then -- if |postscript=none then
end
PostScript = ''; -- no postscript
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then  
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
end
if sepc == '.' then
end  
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end


if is_set(Transcript) then
    if is_set(Quote) or is_set(TransQuote) then
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
    -- Eliminar comillas de Quote
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin );
        if (Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"') or
end
          (Quote:sub(1,1) == '«' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '»') then
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
            Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
        end
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
       
end
        -- No añadir el punto final a la cita si el campo Quote ya incluye un punto
 
        if Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '.' or Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '?' or
local Publisher;
          Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '!' then
if is_set(Periodical) and
          PostScript = ""
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
          end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
         
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
        -- Eliminar comillas de TransQuote
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
        if (TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"') or
else
          (Quote:sub(1,1) == '«' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '»') then
Publisher = PublisherName;
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2);
end
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
       
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
        -- No añadir el punto final a la cita si el campo TransQuote ya incluye un punto
else  
        if TransQuote:sub(-1,-1) == '.' or TransQuote:sub(-1,-1) == '?' or
Publisher = "";
          TransQuote:sub(-1,-1) == '!' then
end
          PostScript = ""
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
          end
if is_set(Publisher) then
          Quote = Quote .. " " .. wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
          TransQuote = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
else
        Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap( 'quoted-text', Quote );
Publisher = PublicationDate;
    end
end
   
end
    local Archived
if is_set(Publisher) then
    if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
        if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
end
            ArchiveDate = seterror('archive_missing_date');
else
        else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
        ArchiveDate = format_date(ArchiveDate)
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
        end
end
        if "no" == DeadURL then
if is_set(PublisherName) then
            local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
            if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
            Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
else
                { externallink( ArchiveURL, arch_text ), ArchiveDate } );
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;   
            if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
end
                Archived = Archived .. " " .. seterror('archive_missing_url');                             
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
            end
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
        elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
else  
            local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
Publisher = PublicationDate;
            if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
end
            Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
end
                { externallink( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ), ArchiveDate } );
        else
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
            local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if is_set(Periodical) then
            if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
            Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)  
                { seterror('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
else  
        end
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
    else
end
        Archived = ""
end
    end
   
    local Lay
    if is_set(LayURL) then
        if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. format_date(LayDate) .. ")" end
        if is_set(LaySource) then
            LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safeforitalics(LaySource) .. "''";
        else
            LaySource = "";
        end
        if sepc == '.' then
            Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
        else
            Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
        end           
    else
        Lay = "";
    end
   
    if is_set(Transcript) then
        if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, Transcript ); end
    elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
        Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
    end
   
    local Publisher;
    if is_set(Periodical) and
--      not inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
        not inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"enciclopedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then       
        if is_set(PublisherName) then
            if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
                Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
            else
                Publisher = PublisherName; 
            end
        elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
            Publisher= PublicationPlace;
        else
            Publisher = "";
        end
        if is_set(PublicationDate) then
            if is_set(Publisher) then
                Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap( 'published', PublicationDate );
            else
                Publisher = PublicationDate;
            end
        end
        if is_set(Publisher) then
            Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
        end
    else
        if is_set(PublicationDate) then
            PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap( 'published', format_date(PublicationDate) ) .. ")";
        end
        if is_set(PublisherName) then
            if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
                Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
            else
                Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;   
            end          
        elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
            Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
        else  
            Publisher = PublicationDate;
        end
    end
   
    -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
    if is_set(Periodical) then
        if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
            Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'italic-title', Periodical )  
        else  
            Periodical = wrap( 'italic-title', Periodical )
        end
    end


--[[
--[[
Línea 3008: Línea 2211:
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
if "speech" == config.ClaseCita then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter  
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter  
Línea 3017: Línea 2220:
end
end


-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
    -- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
    -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
    -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;


if is_set(Date) then
    local tcommon
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
--  if inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
    if inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"publicación","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
else -- neither of authors and editors set
        if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
        tcommon = safejoin( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series,
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
            Language, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
else
    else  
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
        tcommon = safejoin( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series, Language,
end
            Volume, Issue, Others, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
    end
end
   
if is_set(Authors) then
    if #Lista_Identificadores_Formateados > 0 then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
        Lista_Identificadores_Formateados = safejoin( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( Lista_Identificadores_Formateados, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
    else
Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
        Lista_Identificadores_Formateados = ID;
else
    end
Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
   
end
    local idcommon = safejoin( { Lista_Identificadores_Formateados, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
end
    local text;
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
    local pgtext = Position .. Page .. Pages .. At .. Passage;
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
   
end
    if is_set(Authors) then
if is_set(Editors) then
        if is_set(Coauthors) then
local in_text = " ";
            Authors = Authors .. A['AuthorSeparator'] .. " " .. Coauthors
local post_text = "";
        end
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
        if is_set(Date) then
            Date = " ("..format_date(Date)..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
        elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
            Authors = Authors .. " "
        else
            Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
        end
        if is_set(Editors) then
            local in_text = " ";
            local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set (Editors) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
else
                post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
            else
end
                post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
elseif is_set(Editors) then
            end
if is_set(Date) then
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
            Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
            if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc)
else
                then Editors = Editors .. " "
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
                else Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "
end
            end
else
        end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
        text = safejoin( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
        text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
    elseif is_set(Editors) then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
        if is_set(Date) then
end
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
end
                Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
            else
else
                Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
            end
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
            Date = " (" .. format_date(Date) ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
else
        else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
end
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
            else
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
            end
        end
        text = safejoin( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
        text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
    else
        if is_set(Date) then
            if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
              then Date = sepc .." " .. format_date(Date) .. OrigYear
              else Date = " " .. format_date(Date) .. OrigYear
            end
        end
--      if config.ClaseCita=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
        if config.ClaseCita=="publicación" and is_set(Periodical) then      
            text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
            text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
        else
            text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
            text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
        end
    end
   
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = safejoin( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
-- text = text:sub(1,-2); --Remove final separator (assumes that sepc is only one character)
end  
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
   
 
    text = safejoin( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite ...>...</cite> element
local options = {};
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
id = ''; -- unset
end
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- when |ref= is set
else
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- all other cases
end


text = text .. substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}); -- append metadata to the citation
    -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
    local options = {};
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
   
text = text .. " ";
    if is_set(config.ClaseCita) and config.ClaseCita ~= "citation" then
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
        options.class = "citation " .. config.ClaseCita;
if is_set(v[1]) then
    else
if i == #z.message_tail then
        options.class = "citation";
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
    end
else
   
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
    if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
end
        local id = Ref
end
        if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
end
            local names = {} --table of last names & year
end
            if #a > 0 then
                for i,v in ipairs(a) do  
                    names[i] = v.last
                    if i == 4 then break end
                end
            elseif #e > 0 then
                for i,v in ipairs(e) do
                    names[i] = v.last
                    if i == 4 then break end               
                end
            end
-- names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations
-- names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, ''); -- Year first for legacy citations
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(wYear, wfecha, ''); -- Year first for legacy citations
            id = anchorid(names)
        end
        options.id = id;
    end
   
    if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
        z.error_categories = {};
        text = seterror('empty_citation');
        z.message_tail = {};
    end
   
    if is_set(options.id) then
        text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
    else
        text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
    end      


if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
    local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
   
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
    -- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Categoría:' .. v ..'|link]])';
    local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
end
    text = text .. OCinS;
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
   
end
    if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
        text = text .. " ";
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
        for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
            if is_set(v[1]) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
                if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. '[[Categoría:' .. v ..']]';
                    text = text .. errorcomment( v[1], v[2] );
end
                else
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
                    text = text .. errorcomment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
text = text .. '[[Categoría:' .. v ..']]';
                end
end
            end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
        end
text = text .. '[[Categoría:' .. v ..']]';
    end
end
   
end
    no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
    if inArray(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
return text
        for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
            text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
        end
    end
   
    return text
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
function z.cita(frame)
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
    local pframe = frame:getParent()
 
   
]]
    if nil ~= string.find( frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true ) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 
    cfg       = mw.loadData('Módulo:Citas/Configuración/pruebas' ); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
function cs1.citation(frame)
    whitelist = mw.loadData('Módulo:Citas/Whitelist/pruebas' );
local pframe = frame:getParent()
    dates    = require   ('Módulo:Citas/ValidaciónFechas/pruebas').dates -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
    else -- otherwise
    cfg       = mw.loadData('Módulo:Citas/Configuración' ); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'probas', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
    whitelist = mw.loadData('Módulo:Citas/Whitelist' );
cfg = mw.loadData ('Módulo:Citas/Configuration/probas'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
    dates    = require   ('Módulo:Citas/ValidaciónFechas').dates -- ... live version of date validation code
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Módulo:Citas/Whitelist/probas');
utilities = require ('Módulo:Citas/Utilities/probas');
validation = require ('Módulo:Citas/ValidaciónDatas/probas');
identifiers = require ('Módulo:Citas/Identifiers/probas');
metadata = require ('Módulo:Citas/COinS/probas');
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Módulo:Citas/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Módulo:Citas/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Módulo:Citas/Utilities');
validation = require ('Módulo:Citas/ValidaciónDatas');
identifiers = require ('Módulo:Citas/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Módulo:Citas/COinS');
end
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
in_array = utilities.in_array;
substitute = utilities.substitute;
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
set_error = utilities.set_error;
select_one = utilities.select_one;
-- add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
remove_wiki_link = utilities.remove_wiki_link;
        ligazon_lingua = utilities.ligazon_lingua;
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
COinS = metadata.COinS;
 
Preview_mode = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}'); -- use magic word to get revision id
if is_set (Preview_mode) then -- if there is a value then this is not a preiview
Preview_mode = false;
else
Preview_mode = true; -- no value (nil or empty string) so this is a preview
end
end
local args = {};
    local args = {};
local suggestions = {};
   
local error_text, error_state;
    local suggestions = {};
    local error_text, error_state;


local config = {};
    local config = {};
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
    for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
        config[k] = v;
args[k] = v;  
        args[k] = v;      
end
    end


local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
    for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
        if v ~= '' then
if v ~= '' then
            if not validate( k ) then          
if not validate( k ) then
                error_text = "";
error_text = "";
                if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
                    -- Exclude empty numbered parameters
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
                    if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
                        error_text, error_state = seterror( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
                    end
end
                elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
                    error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
                else
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'probas', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Módulo:Citas/Suggestions/probas' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Módulo:Citas/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
end
end
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
end
end
end  
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = v;
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
args[k] = v;
end
end


for k, v in pairs( args ) do
                    if #suggestions == 0 then
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
                        suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Módulo:Citas/Sugerencias' );
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
                    end
end
                    if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
end
                        error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
return citation0( config, args)
                    elseif cfg.parametros_a_implementar[k:lower()] then
                    error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parametro_por_implementar', {k}, true );
                    else
                        error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
                  end
                end                 
                if error_text ~= '' then
                    table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
                end               
            end
            args[k] = v;
        elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
            args[k] = v;
        end      
    end  
   
    return citation0( config, args)
end
end


return cs1;
return z

Revisión del 12:29 3 may 2023

Uso

Este módulo permite generar citas de libros, noticias, notas de álbumes y DVD, etc.

Módulos auxiliares
Funciones
local z = {
    error_categories = {};
    error_ids = {};
    message_tail = {};
}
-- Include translation message hooks, ID and error handling configuration settings.
--local cfg = mw.loadData( 'Mdódulo:Citas/Configuración/pruebas' );

-- Contains a list of all recognized parameters
--local whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Módulo:Citas/Whitelist/pruebas' );
--local dates = require('Módulo:Citas/ValidaciónFechas/pruebas').dates		-- location of date validation code

--Módulo para formatear las fechas
local DateModule = require('Módulo:Date')._Date 

-- Whether variable is set or not
function is_set( var )
    return not (var == nil or var == '');
end

-- First set variable or nil if none
function first_set(...)
    local list = {...};
    for _, var in pairs(list) do
        if is_set( var ) then
            return var;
        end
    end
end

-- Whether needle is in haystack
function inArray( needle, haystack )
    if needle == nil then
        return false;
    end
    for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
        if v == needle then
            return n;
        end
    end
    return false;
end

--[[
Formatea una fecha para que se devuelva de la siguiente forma: "1 de enero de 2020"
Formats a date so it is returned as follows: "1 de enero de 2020"
]]

function format_date(date_string)
	function dateFormatter(text)
		return DateModule(text):text('%-d de %B de %-Y')
	end

	local stat, res = pcall(dateFormatter, date_string)
	
	if stat then
      return res
    else
      return date_string
    end
end

--[[
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |day=, |month=,
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regarless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
]]
function deprecated_parameter( name )
--		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', {error_message}, true ) } );		-- add error message
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', { name }, true ) } );		-- add error message
end

-- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
function substitute( msg, args )
--	return args and tostring( mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ) ) or msg;
	return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end

--[[
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern  either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
]]
function kern_quotes (str)
	local left='<span style="padding-left:0.2em;">%1</span>';		-- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark
	local right='<span style="padding-right:0.2em;">%1</span>';		-- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark
	
	if  str:match ("^[\"\'][^\']") then
		str = string.gsub( str, "^[\"\']", left, 1 );				-- replace (captured) leading single or double quote with left-side <span>
	end
	if str:match ("[^\'][\"\']$") then
		str = string.gsub( str, "[\"\']$", right, 1 );			-- replace (captured) trailing single or double quote with right-side <span>
	end
	return str;
end

-- Wraps a string using a message_list configuration taking one argument
function wrap( key, str, lower )
    if not is_set( str ) then
        return "";
    elseif inArray( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
        str = safeforitalics( str );
    end
    if lower == true then
        return substitute( cfg.messages[key]:lower(), {str} );
    else
        return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
    end        
end

--[[
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument 
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]
function argument_wrapper( args )
    local origin = {};
    
    return setmetatable({
        ORIGIN = function( self, k )
            local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
            return origin[k];
        end
    },
    {
        __index = function ( tbl, k )
            if origin[k] ~= nil then
                return nil;
            end
            
            local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
            
            if type( list ) == 'table' then
                v, origin[k] = selectone( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
                if origin[k] == nil then
                    origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
                end
            elseif list ~= nil then
                v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
            else
                -- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
                -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
                error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
            end
            
            -- Empty strings, not nil;
            if v == nil then
                v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
                origin[k] = '';
            end
            
            tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
            return v;
        end,
    });
end

--[[
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
]]
function validate( name )
	local name = tostring( name );
	local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
	
	-- Normal arguments
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter ( name );			-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	-- Arguments with numbers in them
	name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" );				-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter ( name );			-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;								-- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end

-- Formats a comment for error trapping
function errorcomment( content, hidden )
    return wrap( hidden and 'hidden-error' or 'visible-error', content );
end

--[[
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement
of the error message in the output is the responsibility of the calling function.
]]
function seterror( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
    local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
    
    prefix = prefix or "";
    suffix = suffix or "";
    
    if error_state == nil then
        error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
    elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
        table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
    end
    
    local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
    
    message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] .. 
        "#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
        cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
    
    z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
    if inArray( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
            and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
        return '', false;
    end
    
    message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
    
    if raw == true then
        return message, error_state.hidden;
    end        
        
    return errorcomment( message, error_state.hidden );
end

-- Formats a wiki style external link
function externallinkid(options)
    local url_string = options.id;
    if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
        url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
    end
    return wrap( 'id', internallink(options.link, options.label) ..
        (options.separator or "&nbsp;") .. mw.ustring.format( '[%s%s%s %s]', 
        options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
        mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
    ));
end

-- Formats a wiki style internal link
function internallinkid(options)
    return wrap( 'id', internallink(options.link, options.label) ..
        (options.separator or "&nbsp;") .. mw.ustring.format( '[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
        options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
        mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
    ));
end

-- Format an internal link, if link is really set
function internallink( link, label )
	if link and link ~= '' then
		return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]', link, label )
	else
		return label
	end
end

-- Format an external link with error checking
function externallink( URL, label, source )
    local error_str = "";
    if not is_set( label ) then
        label = URL;
        if is_set( source ) then
            error_str = seterror( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap( 'parameter', source ) }, false, " " );
        else
            error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
        end
    end
    if not checkurl( URL ) then
        error_str = seterror( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
    elseif mw.title.getCurrentTitle():inNamespaces(0, 100, 104) and
    	not mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text:match('Wikipedia') and
    	URL:match('//[%a%.%-]+%.wikipedia%.org') then
    	error_str = seterror( 'bad_url_autorreferencia', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
    end
    return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safeforurl( label ), "]", error_str });
end
--[[--------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ L C C N >--------------------------------------------------

lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
	a. Remove it.
	b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
		1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
		2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]

local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
	lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", "");									-- 1. strip whitespace

	if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
		lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/");								-- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
	end

	local prefix
	local suffix
	prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)");						-- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

	if nil ~= suffix then											-- if there was a hyphen
		suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix;	-- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
		lccn=prefix..suffix;										-- reassemble the lccn
	end
	
	return lccn;
	end
--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both alpha

]]
function lccn(id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that LCCN is valid

	id = normalize_lccn (id);
	
	local len = id:len();								-- get the length of the lccn

	if 8 == len then
		if id:match("[^%d]") then						-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 9 == len then								-- LCCN should be adddddddd
		if nil == id:match("%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then			-- does it match our pattern?
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 10 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
		if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
			if nil == id:match("^%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- ... see if it matches our pattern
				err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
			end
		end
	elseif 11 == len then								-- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
		if not (id:match("^%a%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then	-- see if it matches one of our patterns
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	elseif 12 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
		if not id:match("^%a%a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- see if it matches our pattern
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );		-- wrong length, set an error message
	end

	return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]
function pmid(id)
	local test_limit = 45000000;						-- update this value as PMIDs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMID is valid
	
	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMID has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' );		-- set an error message
	else												-- PMID is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' );	-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns true; otherwse, returns false because the embargo has expired or |embargo= not set in this cite.
]]
function is_embargoed(embargo)
	if is_set(embargo) then
		local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
		local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
		good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
		good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
	
		if good1 and good2 and tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then	--is embargo date is in the future?
			return true;	-- still embargoed
		end
	end
	return false;			-- embargo expired or |embargo= not set
end

--[[
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future
the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article.  If the embargo specifies a date in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then
the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
]]
function pmc(id, embargo)
	local test_limit = 12000000;							-- update this value as PMCs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMC is valid
    
	local text;

	if id:match("^PMC%d") then
		id = id:sub(4, j)								-- remove 'PMC' preffix if given
	end
	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMC has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' );			-- set an error message
	else												-- PMC is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' );		-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	if is_embargoed(embargo) then
		text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat;	--still embargoed so no external link
	else
		text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,			--no embargo date, ok to link to article
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
	end
	return text;
end

-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.

function doi(id, inactive)
    local cat = ""
    local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
    
    local text;
	if is_set(inactive) then
		local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or '';		-- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
		text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
		if is_set(inactive_year) then
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "Wikipedia:Páginas con DOI inactivos desde " .. inactive_year );
		else
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "Wikipedia:Páginas con DOI inactivos" );	-- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
		end
		inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")" 
	else 
		text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
		inactive = "" 
	end

	if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then	-- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
		cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_doi' );
	end
	return text .. inactive .. cat 
end

-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
function openlibrary(id)
    local code = id:sub(-1,-1)
    local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
    if ( code == "A" ) then
        return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
            prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
            encode = handler.encode})
    elseif ( code == "M" ) then
        return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
            prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
            encode = handler.encode})
    elseif ( code == "W" ) then
        return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
            prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
            encode = handler.encode})
    else
        return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
            prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
            encode = handler.encode}) .. 
            ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_ol' );
    end
end

--[[
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:

	|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
	
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
]]
function issn(id)
	local ModuloIdentificadores = require('Módulo:Identificadores')	
	local issn_copy = id;		-- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
	local text;
	local valid_issn = true;

	id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" );									-- strip spaces, hyphens, and ndashes from the issn

	if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then		-- validate the issn: 8 didgits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
		valid_issn=false;										-- wrong length or improper character
	else
		valid_issn=ModuloIdentificadores.esValidoISXN(id, 8);	-- validate issn
	end

	if true == valid_issn then
		id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 );	-- if valid, display correctly formatted version
	else
		id = issn_copy;											-- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
	end
	
	text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if false == valid_issn then
		text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_issn' )			-- add an error message if the issn is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those citations that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desireable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
]]
function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";					-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;						-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

--	if "AV media notes" == cite_class or "DVD notes" == cite_class then		-- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes
	if "notas audiovisual" == cite_class or "notas de DVD" == cite_class then		-- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes		
		return "Media notes";					-- display AV media notes / DVD media notes annotation -- Falta traducir

	elseif "podcast" == cite_class then			-- if this citation is cite podcast
		return "Podcast";						-- display podcast annotation

	elseif "pressrelease" == cite_class then	-- if this citation is cite press release
		return "Press release";					-- display press release annotation

	elseif "techreport" == cite_class then		-- if this citation is cite techreport
		return "Technical report";				-- display techreport annotation
		
	elseif "tesis" == cite_class then			-- if this citation is cite thesis (degree option handled after this function returns)
			return "Tesis";			 			-- display simple thesis annotation (without |degree= modification)			
	end
end

--[[
Determines whether a URL string is valid

At present the only check is whether the string appears to 
be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether 
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well 
formed.
]]
function checkurl( url_str )
    -- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
    return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil;
end

-- Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
-- Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
function cleanisbn( isbn_str )
    return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end

-- Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
function get_coins_pages (pages)
	if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end			-- if no page numbers then we're done
	
    while true do
		pattern = pages:match("%[([%w/:\.]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]");	-- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
		if nil == pattern then break; end					-- no more urls
		pages = pages:gsub(pattern, "");					-- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
	end
	pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", "");						-- remove the brackets
	pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" );							-- replace endashes with hyphens
	pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" );						-- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
	return pages;
end

-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
function removewikilink( str )
    return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
        return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
    end));
end

-- Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
function safeforurl( str )
    if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
        table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
    end
    
    return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {    
        ['['] = '&#91;',
        [']'] = '&#93;',
        ['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

-- Convierte un guión largo (signo de negativo) en un guión corto.
function dashtohyphen( str )
    if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
        return str;
    end    
    return str:gsub( '–', '-' );
end

-- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
function safeforitalics( str )
    --[[ Note: We can not use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for
    italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted
    (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and ''
    tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]]
    
    if not is_set(str) then
        return str;
    else
        if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span></span>" .. str; end
        if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span></span>"; end
        
        -- Remove newlines as they break italics.
        return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
    end
end

--[[
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation
characters.
]]
function safejoin( tbl, duplicate_char )
    --[[
    Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
    
    This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as 
    long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
    in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
    ]]
    
    local str = '';
    local comp = '';
    local end_chr = '';
    local trim;
    for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
        if value == nil then value = ''; end
        
        if str == '' then
            str = value;
        elseif value ~= '' then
            if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then
                -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
                comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );
            else
                comp = value;
            end
            
            if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then
                trim = false;
                end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);
                -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"
                if end_chr == duplicate_char then
                    str = str:sub(1,-2);
                elseif end_chr == "'" then
                    if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then
                        str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";
                    elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then
                        trim = true;
                    elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then
                        trim = true;
                    end
                elseif end_chr == "]" then
                    if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then
                        trim = true;
                    elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then
                        trim = true;
                    end
                elseif end_chr == " " then
                    if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then
                        str = str:sub(1,-3);
                    end
                end

                if trim then
                    if value ~= comp then 
                        local dup2 = duplicate_char;
                        if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end
                        
                        value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )
                    else
                        value = value:sub( 2, -1 );
                    end
                end
            end
            str = str .. value;
        end
    end
    return str;
end  

-- Attempts to convert names to initials.
function reducetoinitials(first)
    local initials = {}
    for word in string.gmatch(first, "%S+") do
        table.insert(initials, string.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
    end
    return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

-- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 
function listpeople(control, people)
    local sep = control.sep;
    local namesep = control.namesep
    local format = control.format
    local maximum = control.maximum
    local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
    local text = {}
    local etal = false;
    
    if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
    if maximum ~= nil and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end
    
    for i,person in ipairs(people) do
        if is_set(person.last) then
            local mask = person.mask
            local one
            local sep_one = sep;
            if maximum ~= nil and i > maximum then
                etal = true;
                break;
            elseif (mask ~= nil) then
                local n = tonumber(mask)
                if (n ~= nil) then
                    one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
                else
                    one = mask;
                    sep_one = " ";
                end
            else
                one = person.last
                local first = person.first
                if is_set(first) then 
                    if ( "vanc" == format ) then first = reducetoinitials(first) end
                    one = one .. namesep .. first 
                end
                if is_set(person.link) then one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" end
                if is_set(person.link) and nil ~= person.link:find("//") then one = one .. " " .. seterror( 'bad_authorlink' ) end	-- check for url in author link;
            end
            table.insert( text, one )
            table.insert( text, sep_one )
        end
    end

    local count = #text / 2;
    if count > 0 then 
        if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
            text[#text-2] = " & ";
        end
        text[#text] = nil; 
    end
    
    local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
    if etal then 
        local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
        result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
    end
    
    -- if necessary wrap result in <span> tag to format in Small Caps
    if ( "scap" == format ) then result = 
        '<span class="smallcaps" style="font-variant:small-caps">' .. result .. '</span>';
    end 
    return result, count
end

-- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID.
function anchorid( options )
    return "CITAREF" .. table.concat( options ); --return "CITEREF" .. table.concat( options );
end

-- Gets name list from the input arguments
function extractnames(args, list_name)
    local names = {};
    local i = 1;
    local last;
    
    while true do
        last = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
        if not is_set(last) then
            -- just in case someone passed in an empty parameter
            break;
        end
        names[i] = {
            last = last,
            first = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
            link = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ),
            mask = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i )
        };
        i = i + 1;
    end
    return names;
end

-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
function extractids( args )
    local id_list = {};
    for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do    
        v = selectone( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
        if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
    end
    return id_list;
end

-- Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
function buildidlist( id_list, options )
    local new_list, handler = {};
    
    function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
    
    for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
        -- fallback to read-only cfg
        handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
        
        if handler.mode == 'external' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, externallinkid( handler ) } );
        elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internallinkid( handler ) } );
        elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
            error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
        elseif k == 'DOI' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
        elseif k == 'LCCN' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
        elseif k == 'OL' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
        elseif k == 'PMC' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
        elseif k == 'PMID' then
            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
        elseif k == 'ISSN' then
        	table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v:upper() ) } );
        elseif k == 'ISBN' then
            --local ISBN = internallinkid( handler );
            --if not checkisbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
            --    ISBN = ISBN .. seterror( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
            --end        	
        	local ISBN
        	if options.ISBNCorrecto or options.ISBNSugerido or is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
        		ISBN = internallinkid( handler );
        	else -- ISBN incorrecto.
      			ISBN = internallinkid( handler ) .. seterror( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
        	end

            table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );                
        else
            error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
        end
    end
    
    function comp( a, b )	-- used in following table.sort()
        return a[1] < b[1];
    end
    
    table.sort( new_list, comp );
    for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
        new_list[k] = v[2];
    end
    
    return new_list;
end

function CorregirISBN(ISBNIncorrecto)
	local ModuloIdentificadores = require('Módulo:Identificadores')	
	local ISBNCorregido
	
--  Convertir mayúsculas	
	ISBNCorregido = ISBNIncorrecto:upper()

--  Corregir guiones
	ISBNCorregido = ISBNCorregido:gsub("%–","-");
	
--  Eliminar ISBN del principio
    ISBNCorregido =ISBNCorregido:match("ISBN (.*)") or ISBNCorregido;
	
--  Eliminar separadores como "." y "," del final
	ISBNCorregido = ISBNCorregido:gsub("[%.,]","");

	if ModuloIdentificadores.esValidoISBN(ISBNCorregido) then 
		return ISBNCorregido
	end	

--  Ver si se trata de un ISBN de 13	
	local ISBNCorregidoSin978
	ISBNCorregidoSin978 = ISBNCorregido:match("^978[%s-]*(.*)")
	if ISBNCorregidoSin978 and ModuloIdentificadores.esValidoISBN(ISBNCorregidoSin978) then
--  	"978" + ISBN10
		return ISBNCorregidoSin978
	end
	
--	ISBN de 13 al que se ha quitado 978	
	if ModuloIdentificadores.esValidoISBN('978'..ISBNCorregido) then 
		if ISBNCorregido:match('-') then 
			return '978-' .. ISBNCorregido
		elseif ISBNCorregido:match(' ') then 
			return '978 ' .. ISBNCorregido
		else
			return '978' .. ISBNCorregido
		end
	end
	
--  13 ISBN o 13: ISBN
	local ISBNCorregidoSi13
	ISBNCorregidoSin13 = ISBNCorregido:match("^13:?[%s]+(.*)")
	if ISBNCorregidoSin13 and ModuloIdentificadores.esValidoISBN(ISBNCorregidoSin13) then 
		return ISBNCorregidoSin13
	end
end

function CorregirISBNs(ISBNIncorrecto1, ISBNIncorrecto2)
-- Tomar aquel de los dos ISBNs correctos si uno de ellos es un ISBN10 y el
-- otro el correspondiente ISBN13

	local ISBN1Corregido = CorregirISBN(ISBNIncorrecto1)
	local ISBN2Corregido = CorregirISBN(ISBNIncorrecto2)
	
	if ISBN1Corregido and ISBN2Corregido then
--  	Ambos son correctos.
		if ISBN1Corregido == ISBN2Corregido then
--			Ambos son iguales (tras corregirse)
			return ISBN1Corregido
		end

--		Ver si uno de ellos es un ISBN10 y el otro un ISBN13	
		local ISBNSinDigitoControl
		ISBNSinDigitoControl = ISBN1Corregido:match("(.*).")
		if ISBNSinDigitoControl and ISBN2Corregido:match("978[%s-]*" .. ISBNSinDigitoControl) then
			return ISBN2Corregido
		end
		
		ISBNSinDigitoControl = ISBN2Corregido:match("(.*).")
		if ISBNSinDigitoControl and ISBN1Corregido:match("978[%s-]*" .. ISBNSinDigitoControl) then
			return ISBN1Corregido
		end		
		
	elseif ISBN1Corregido then
		return ISBN1Corregido
	elseif ISBN2Corregido then
		return ISBN1Corregido
	end
end

function SugerirISBN(ISBNIncorrecto)
	local ISBNSugerido

--  Ejemplos: 
--      0 88254 165 x 					--> 0 88254 165 X
--      0-7153-5734-4.  				--> 0-7153-5734-4
--      0–313–31807–7 					--> 0-313-31807-7
--		ISBN(13): 9788495379092 
--  	978-0-7432-9302-0 y 0-7432-9302-0
--		9788430948949 8430948945 
--		8496702057 9788496702059
--		0198152213, 978019815221
--		13 978-0-511-41399-5 
--		13: 9788432238406

--  ISBN con caracteres incorrectos.
	ISBNSugerido=CorregirISBN(ISBNIncorrecto)
	if ISBNSugerido then 
		return ISBNSugerido
	end
	
--  ISBN10, ISBN13 o ISBN13, ISBN10
	local ISBN1, ISBN2
	ISBN1, ISBN2 = ISBNIncorrecto:match("(.*),%s*(.*)")
	if is_set(ISBN1) and is_set(ISBN2) then
		ISBNSugerido = 	CorregirISBNs(ISBN1, ISBN2)
		
		if ISBNSugerido then
			return ISBNSugerido
		end 
	end

--  ISBN10 y ISBN13 o ISBN13 y ISBN10
	ISBN1, ISBN2 = ISBNIncorrecto:match("(.*)%s+y%s+(.*)")
	if is_set(ISBN1) and is_set(ISBN2) then
		ISBNSugerido = 	CorregirISBNs(ISBN1, ISBN2)
		
		if ISBNSugerido then
			return ISBNSugerido
		end 
	end

--  ISBN10 ISBN13 o ISBN13 ISBN10
	ISBN1, ISBN2 = ISBNIncorrecto:match("(.*)%s+(.*)")
	if is_set(ISBN1) and is_set(ISBN2) then
		ISBNSugerido = 	CorregirISBNs(ISBN1, ISBN2)
		
		if ISBNSugerido then
			return ISBNSugerido
		end 
	end	
end
  
-- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
-- Generates an error if more than one match is present.
function selectone( args, possible, error_condition, index )
    local value = nil;
    local selected = '';
    local error_list = {};
    
    if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
    
    -- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
    if index == '1' then
        for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
            v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
            if is_set(args[v]) then
                if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
                    table.insert( error_list, v );
                else
                    value = args[v];
                    selected = v;
                end
            end
        end        
    end
    
    for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
        if index ~= nil then
            v = v:gsub( "#", index );
        end
        if is_set(args[v]) then
            if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
                table.insert( error_list, v );
            else
                value = args[v];
                selected = v;
            end
        end
    end
    
    if #error_list > 0 then
        local error_str = "";
        for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
            if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
            error_str = error_str .. wrap( 'parameter', k );
        end
        if #error_list > 1 then
            error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
        else
            error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
        end
        error_str = error_str .. wrap( 'parameter', selected );
        table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
    end
    
    return value, selected;
end

-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
-- the citation information.
function COinS(data)
    if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
        return '';
    end
    
    local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
    
    -- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
    local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
        __newindex = function(self, key, value)
            if is_set(value) then
                rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( removewikilink( value ) ) } );
            end
        end
    });
    
    if is_set(data.Chapter) then
        OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
        OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
        OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Chapter;
        OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
    elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
        OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
        OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
        OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
        OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
    else
        OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
        OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
        OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
    end
    
    OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
    OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
    OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
    OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
    OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
    OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
    OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
    OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
    
    for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
        local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
        if k == 'ISBN' then value = cleanisbn( v ); else value = v; end
        if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
            OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
        else
            OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
        end
    end
    
    local last, first;
    for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
        last, first = v.last, v.first;
        if k == 1 then
            if is_set(last) then
                OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
            end
            if is_set(first) then 
                OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
            end
        end
        if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
            OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
        elseif is_set(last) then
            OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
        end
    end
    
    OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
    OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
    OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
    
    -- sort with version string always first, and combine.
    table.sort( OCinSoutput );
    table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
    return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end

--[[
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
formatting.
]]
function citation0( config, args)
	local ModuloIdentificadores = require('Módulo:Identificadores')	
    --[[ 
    Load Input Parameters
    The argment_wrapper facillitates the mapping of multiple
    aliases to single internal variable.
    ]]
    local A = argument_wrapper( args );

    local i 
    local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
    local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
    if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
    
    -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
    -- define different field names for the same underlying things.    
    local Authors = A['Authors'];
    local a = extractnames( args, 'AuthorList' );

    local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
    
    local Editors = A['Editors'];
    local e = extractnames( args, 'EditorList' );

    local Year = A['Year'];
    local wYear=Year;
    local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
    local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
    local Date = A['Date'];
    local wfecha = Date;
    local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
    ------------------------------------------------- Get title data
    local Title = A['Title'];
    local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
    local Conference = A['Conference'];
    local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
    local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
    local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
    local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
    local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink'];
    local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
    local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
    local Degree = A['Degree'];
    local Docket = A['Docket'];
    local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
    local URL = A['URL']
    local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
    local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
    local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');
    local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
    local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');
    local SinURL     = false;
    local Periodical = A['Periodical'];

	local Series = A['Series'];
    local Volume = A['Volume'];
    local Issue = A['Issue'];
    local Position = '';
    local Page = A['Page'];
    local Pages = dashtohyphen( A['Pages'] );	
    local At = A['At'];
    local Others = A['Others'];
    local Edition = A['Edition'];
    local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
    local Place = A['Place'];
    local Passage = A['Passage'];
    local PassageURL = A['PassageURL'];
    
    local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
    local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
    local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
    local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
    local Via = A['Via'];
    local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
    local MesAcceso  = A['MesAcceso']; -- Inexistente en la plantilla original
    local AnyoAcceso  = A['AñoAcceso']; -- Inexistente en la plantilla original
    local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
    local Agency = A['Agency'];
    local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
    local Language = A['Language'];
    local Format = A['Format'];
    local Ref = A['Ref'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
    local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
    local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
    local Texto1  = A['Texto1']
    local ID_list = extractids( args );
    local ISBNCorrecto = false;
    local ISBNSugerido;

    if is_set (ID_list['ISBN']) and not is_set (IgnoreISBN)  then
    	if ModuloIdentificadores.esValidoISBN(ID_list['ISBN']) then 
    		ISBNCorrecto= true
    	else
    		ISBNSugerido = SugerirISBN(ID_list['ISBN'])
    		if ISBNSugerido then
    			ID_list['ISBN'] = ISBNSugerido
    		end
    	end
    end
    local Lista_Identificadores_Formateados={} -- Lista de identificadores con enlaces y en su caso con  los errores
    
    local Quote = A['Quote'];
    local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
	local PostScript = A['PostScript'];

    local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
    local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
    local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
    local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
    local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');
    local sepc = A['Separator'];

    local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
    local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];

--these are used by cite interview
	local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
	local City = A['City'];
	local Cointerviewers = A['Cointerviewers'];			-- deprecated
	local Interviewer = A['Interviewer'];				-- deprecated
	local Program = A['Program'];

--Parámetros que no se utilizan en la plantilla inglesa
	local SinEd = A['SinEd']
	local Extra = A['Extra']
	local Traductor   = A['Traductor']
	local Traductores = A['Traductores']

--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
    local page_type;									-- is this needed?  Doesn't appear to be used anywhere;
    local use_lowercase
    local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();		--Also used for COinS and for language
--	local anchor_year;									-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date;									-- used in the COinS metadata

--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories.
	if not is_set(no_tracking_cats) then				-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		for k, v in pairs( cfg.uncategorized_namespaces ) do	-- otherwise, spin through the list of namespaces we don't include in error categories
			if this_page.nsText == v then				-- if we find one
				no_tracking_cats = "true";				-- set no_trackin_cats
				break;									-- and we're done
            end
        end
    end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. 
    if is_set(Page) then
--      La categoría de la plantilla inglesa es intraducible. Utilizo otro error similar.

        --if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
        --    Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages');	-- add error message
        --    Pages = '';										-- unset the others
        --    At = '';
        --end
        if is_set(Pages) then
            Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;página=</code> y <code>&#124;páginas=</code>');
            Pages = '';										-- unset the others
            At = '';
        	Passage = '';
        elseif is_set(At) then
            Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;página=</code> y <code>&#124;en=</code>');
            Pages = '';										-- unset the others
            At = '';
        	Passage = '';
        elseif is_set(Passage) then
            Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;página=</code> y <code>&#124;pasaje=</code>');
            Pages = '';										-- unset the others
            At = '';
        	Passage = '';
        end
    elseif is_set(Pages) then
        if is_set(At) then
            -- Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages');	-- add error messages
            Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;páginas=</code> y <code>&#124;en=</code>');
            At = '';
        	Passage = '';
        elseif is_set(Passage) then
            Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;páginas=</code> y <code>&#124;pasaje=</code>');
            At = '';
        	Passage = '';
        end
    elseif is_set(At) then
    	if is_set(Passage) then
            At = At .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;en=</code> y <code>&#124;pasaje=</code>');
        	Passage = '';
        end
    end

-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
    if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
        PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
    end
    
    if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
    
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
	|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title

	|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]
--	if ( config.ClaseCita == "encyclopaedia" ) then
	if ( config.ClaseCita == "enciclopedia" ) then		
		if is_set(Periodical) then					-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;				-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					Title = Periodical;
					Periodical = '';				-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';				-- redundant so unset
				end
			else									-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;					-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';					-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

--special cases for classic book
	if config.ClaseCita == 'libro' and is_set(Passage) then
		if is_set(PassageURL) then
			Passage = externallink( PassageURL, Passage )
		end
		if not is_set (sepc) then
			sepc = ' ';
		end
	else
		Passage = ''
	end

--special cases for citation.
	if (config.ClaseCita == "citation") then		-- for citation templates
		if not is_set (sepc) then						-- if |separator= is not set
			sepc = ',';									-- set citation separator to its default (comma)
		end
	else												-- not a citation template
		if not is_set (sepc) then						-- if |separator= has not been set
			sepc = '.';									-- set cite xxx separator to its default (period)
		end
	end

	if not is_set (Ref) then						-- if |ref= is not set
		-- if inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"citation", "libro", "publicación", "web"}) then		-- for citation templates
-- En la Wikipedia inglesa solo se usan citas Harvard para la clase citation	
-- Quedan habilitadas las citas Harvard para cualquier clase que contenga algún autor o editor
		if  #a > 0 or #e > 0 then
			Ref = "harv";								-- set default |ref=harv
		end
	end	

-- check for specital case where |separator=none
	if 'none' == sepc:lower() then						-- if |separator=none
		sepc = '';										-- then set it to a empty string
	end
	
	use_lowercase = ( sepc ~= '.' );
	
    Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";	

-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.ClaseCita == "techreport") then	-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(Issue) then						-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then					-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = Issue;							-- yes, use it
				Issue = "";							-- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
			else									-- can't use ID so emit error message
				ID = ID .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
			end
		end	
-- special case for cite interview
	elseif (config.ClaseCita == "entrevista") then
		if is_set(Program) then
			ID = ' ' .. Program;
		end
		if is_set(Callsign) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
			end
		end
		if is_set(City) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. City;
			end
		end

		if is_set(Interviewer) then
			if is_set(TitleType) then
				Others = sepc .. ' ' .. TitleType .. ' con ' .. Interviewer  -- ' ' .. TitleType .. ' con ' .. Interviewer;
				TitleType = '';
			else
				Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap('interview', Interviewer, use_lowercase) .. Others  -- ' ' .. 'Entrevista con ' .. Interviewer;
			end
			if is_set(Cointerviewers) then
				Others = Others .. sepc .. ' ' .. Cointerviewers;
			end
		else
			Others = Others .. sepc .. ' (Entrevista)' --'(Interview)';
		end
	elseif is_set(ID) then
	   ID = wrap( 'id', ID)
	end

--Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set
--	if config.ClaseCita == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
	if config.ClaseCita == "publicación" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_embargoed(Embargo) then
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];	-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];		-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
		end
	end

    if is_set(Texto1) and Texto1:match("%S+") then
        -- Informar la URL con el valor del campo 1 en su caso    	
    	if config.ClaseCita == "web" and not is_set(URL) and checkurl(Texto1) then
       	    table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'url_sugerida', {Texto1, 'url'}, true ) } )
    	    --URL    = Texto1   Utilizar URL como texto.
    	else
    		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'text_ignored', {Texto1}, true ) } )
    	end
    end
	
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
--TODO: if this is only for {{cite conference}}, shouldn't we be checking? (if config.ClaseCita=='conference' then ...)
    
	if 'conferencia' == config.ClaseCita then
		if is_set(BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
--			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapterlink= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
			URLorigin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
--			TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.ClaseCita then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end
	
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite episode}}, before generation of COinS data.
--[[	-- {{cite episode}} is not currently supported by this module
	if config.ClaseCita == "episode" then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
		local Season = A['Season'];
		local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
		local Sep = (first_set(A["SeriesSeparator"], A["Separator"]) or "") .. " ";
		
		if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["episode"] .. " " .. Issue); Issue = ''; end
		if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["season"] .. " " .. Season); end
		if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["series"] .. " " .. SeriesNumber); end
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		
		Date = Date or AirDate;
		Chapter = Title;
		ChapterLink = TitleLink;
		TransChapter = TransTitle;
		Title = Series;
		TitleLink = SeriesLink;
		TransTitle = '';
		
		Series = table.concat(s, Sep);
		ID = table.concat(n, Sep);
	end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff]]

-- legacy: promote concatenation of |day=, |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	if not is_set(Date) then
		Date = Year;						-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;							-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if is_set(Date) then
			local Month = A['Month'];
			if is_set(Month) then
				Date = Month .. " de " .. Date; --Month .. " " .. Date;
				local Day = A['Day']
				if is_set(Day) then Date = Day .. " de " .. Date end --if is_set(Day) then Date = Day .. " " .. Date end
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;			-- promonte PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';			-- unset, no longer needed
		end
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end	-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation


--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Módulo:Citas/ValidaciónFechas
]]

--[[
	anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['airdate']=AirDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
		['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
	if is_set(error_message) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
	end
]]
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.

    -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for
    -- automated parsing of citation information.
    local OCinSoutput = COinS{
        ['Periodical'] = Periodical,
        ['Chapter'] = Chapter,
        ['Title'] = Title,
        ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
        ['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date),		-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
        ['Series'] = Series,
        ['Volume'] = Volume,
        ['Issue'] = Issue,
        ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Page, Pages, At)),	-- pages stripped of external links
        ['Edition'] = Edition,
        ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
        ['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
        ['Authors'] = a,
        ['ID_list'] = ID_list,
        ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
    };

    if is_set(Periodical) and not is_set(Chapter) and is_set(Title) then
        Chapter = Title;
        ChapterLink = TitleLink;
        TransChapter = TransTitle;
        Title = '';
        TitleLink = '';
        TransTitle = '';
    end

    -- Now perform various field substitutions.
    -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
    -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
    if not is_set(Authors) then
        local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayAuthors'] );
        
        -- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
        if not is_set(Maximum) and #a == 9 then 
            Maximum = 8;
            table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_author', {}, true ) } );
        elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
            Maximum = #a + 1;
        end
            
        local control = { 
            sep = A["AuthorSeparator"] .. " ",
            namesep = (first_set(A["AuthorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
            format = A["AuthorFormat"],
            maximum = Maximum,
            lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp
        };
        
        -- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
        if is_set(Coauthors) then
            control.lastauthoramp = nil;
            control.maximum = #a + 1;
        end
        
        Authors = listpeople(control, a) 
    end

	if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then	-- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } );	-- emit error message
		
		-- Utilizo temporalmente los coautores como autores.
		Authors = Coauthors
		Coauthors = nil
	end

    local EditorCount
    if not is_set(Editors) then
        local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayEditors'] );
        -- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
        if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then 
            Maximum = 3;
            table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
        elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
            Maximum = #e + 1;
        end

        local control = { 
            sep = A["EditorSeparator"] .. " ",
            namesep = (first_set(A["EditorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
            format = A['EditorFormat'],
            maximum = Maximum,
            lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp
        };

        Editors, EditorCount = listpeople(control, e);
    else
        EditorCount = 1;
    end

    local Cartography = "";
    local Scale = "";
    if config.ClaseCita == "map" then
        if not is_set( Authors ) and is_set( PublisherName ) then
            Authors = PublisherName;
            PublisherName = "";
        end
        Cartography = A['Cartography'];
        if is_set( Cartography ) then
            Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase );
        end        
        Scale = A['Scale'];
        if is_set( Scale ) then
            Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
        end        
    end
    
    if  not is_set(URL) and
        not is_set(ChapterURL) and
        not is_set(ArchiveURL) and
        not is_set(ConferenceURL) and
        not is_set(TranscriptURL) then
        
        sinURL = true
        
        -- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty 
		if inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"web","podcast"}) then	
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
        
        -- Test if format is given without giving a URL
        if is_set(Format) then
            Format = Format .. seterror( 'format_missing_url' );
        end
    end
    
    -- Test if citation has no title
    if  not is_set(Chapter) and
        not is_set(Title) and
        not is_set(Periodical) and
        not is_set(Conference) and
        not is_set(TransTitle) and
        not is_set(TransChapter) and
        not is_set(Passage) then
        table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
    end
    
    Format = is_set(Format) and " " .. wrap( 'format', Format ) or ""; --is_set(Format) and " (" .. Format .. ")" or "";
    
    local OriginalURL = URL
    DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();
    if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
        if ( DeadURL ~= "no" ) then
            URL = ArchiveURL
            URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')
        end
    end
    
    -- Format chapter / article title
    if is_set(Chapter) and is_set(ChapterLink) then 
        Chapter = "[[" .. ChapterLink .. "|" .. Chapter .. "]]";
    end
    if is_set(Periodical) and is_set(Title) then
        Chapter = wrap( 'italic-title', Chapter );
        TransChapter = wrap( 'trans-italic-title', TransChapter );
    else
		Chapter = kern_quotes (Chapter);				-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
        Chapter = wrap( 'quoted-title', Chapter );
        TransChapter = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransChapter );
    end
    
    local TransError = ""
    if is_set(TransChapter) then
        if not is_set(Chapter) then
            TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_chapter' );
        else
            TransChapter = " " .. TransChapter;
        end
    end
    
    Chapter = Chapter .. TransChapter;
    
    if is_set(Chapter) then
        if not is_set(ChapterLink) then
            if is_set(ChapterURL) then
                Chapter = externallink( ChapterURL, Chapter ) .. TransError;
                if not is_set(URL) then
                    Chapter = Chapter .. Format;
                    Format = "";
                end
            elseif is_set(URL) then 
                Chapter = externallink( URL, Chapter ) .. TransError .. Format;
                URL = "";
                Format = "";
            else
                Chapter = Chapter .. TransError;
            end            
        elseif is_set(ChapterURL) then
            Chapter = Chapter .. " " .. externallink( ChapterURL, nil, ChapterURLorigin ) .. 
                TransError;
        else
            Chapter = Chapter .. TransError;
        end
        Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. " " -- with end-space
    elseif is_set(ChapterURL) then
        Chapter = " " .. externallink( ChapterURL, nil, ChapterURLorigin ) .. sepc .. " ";
    end        
    
    -- Format main title.
    if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
        Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
    end
    
    if is_set(Traductor) and is_set(Traductores) then
    	Traductor = " " .. wrap( 'traductores', Traductores) .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;traductor=</code> y <code>&#124;traductores=</code>')
    elseif is_set(Traductor) then
    	Traductor = " " .. wrap( 'traductor', Traductor)
    elseif is_set(Traductores) then
    	Traductor = " " .. wrap( 'traductores', Traductores)
    end
    
    Traductores = ''
    
    if is_set(Periodical) then
		Title = kern_quotes (Title);				-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
        Title = wrap( 'quoted-title', Title );
        TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
--  elseif inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"web","news","pressrelease","conference","podcast"}) and
    elseif inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"web","noticia","pressrelease","conference","podcast"}) and    	
            not is_set(Chapter) then
		Title = kern_quotes (Title);				-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
        Title = wrap( 'quoted-title', Title );
        TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
    else
        Title = wrap( 'italic-title', Title );
        TransTitle = wrap( 'trans-italic-title', TransTitle );
    end
    
    TransError = "";
    if is_set(TransTitle) then
        if not is_set(Title) then
            TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_title' );
        else
            TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
        end
    end
    
    Title = Title .. Traductor .. TransTitle;
    
    if is_set(Title) then
        if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then 
            Title = externallink( URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess ) .. TransError .. Format       
            URL = "";
            TieneURL = true;
            Format = "";
        else
            Title = Title .. TransError;
        end
    end
    
    if is_set(Place) then
        Place = " " .. wrap( 'written', Place, use_lowercase ) .. sepc .. " ";
    end
    
    if is_set(Conference) then
        if is_set(ConferenceURL) then
            Conference = externallink( ConferenceURL, Conference );
        end
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference
    elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
        Conference = sepc .. " " .. externallink( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
    end
    
    if not is_set(Position) then
        local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
        if is_set(Minutes) then
            Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
        else
            local Time = A['Time'];
            if is_set(Time) then
                local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
                if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
                    TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
                    if sepc ~= '.' then
                        TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
                    end
                end
                Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
            end
        end
    else
        Position = " " .. Position;
        At = '';
    end
    
    if not is_set(Page) then
        if is_set(Pages) then
            if is_set(Periodical) and
--              not inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
                not inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"enciclopedia","web","libro","noticia","podcast"}) then
                Pages = ": " .. Pages;
            elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
                Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
            else
                Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
            end
        end
    else
        if is_set(Periodical) and
--          not inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
            not inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"enciclopedia","web","libro","noticia","podcast"}) then            	
            Page = ": " .. Page;
        else
            Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
        end
    end
    
    At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
    Passage = is_set(Passage) and (sepc .. " " .. Passage) or "";
    Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
    if config.ClaseCita == 'map' then
        local Section = A['Section'];
        local Inset = A['Inset'];
        if first_set( Pages, Page, At ) ~= nil or sepc ~= '.' then
            if is_set( Section ) then
                Section = ", " .. wrap( 'section', Section, true );
            end
            if is_set( Inset ) then
                Inset = ", " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, true );
            end
        else
            if is_set( Section ) then
                Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'section', Section, use_lowercase );
                if is_set( Inset ) then
                    Inset = ", " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, true );
                end
            elseif is_set( Inset ) then
                Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'inset', Inset, use_lowercase );
            end            
        end            
        At = At .. Section .. Inset;        
    end    

	--[[Look in the list of iso639-1 language codes to see if the value provided in the language parameter matches one of them.  If a match is found, 
	use that value; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
	
	Categories are assigned in a manner similar to the {{xx icon}} templates - categorizes only mainspace citations and only when the language code is not 'en' (English).
	]]
	
	if is_set (Language) then
		-- Poner en minúsculas el primer caracter del idioma si está en mayúsculas
		Language = Language:gsub("^%u", string.lower)

		if Language == 'español' or Language == 'castellano' or Language == 'es' or Language:match('^es%-.*') then
			Language="";	-- No mostrar el idioma español
		else
			local name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( Language:lower(), "es" );	-- experiment: this seems to return correct ISO 639-1 language names
		
			if is_set (name) then
				Language=" " .. wrap( 'language', name );
			else
				Language=" " .. wrap( 'language', Language );	-- no match, use parameter's value
			end
		end

	else
		Language="";	-- Asegurarnos de que el idioma no es nulo.
	end

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values

--	if inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"AV media notes", "DVD notes", "podcast", "pressrelease", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
	if inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"notas audiovisual", "notas de DVD", "podcast", "pressrelease", "techreport", "tesis"}) then		
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.ClaseCita, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Tesis" == TitleType then	-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = "Tesis de " .. Degree;
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then					-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")";	-- display it in parentheses
	end

	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	
	if is_set(Edition) then
		if is_set(SinEd) then -- No existe el parámetro en el módulo de la wikipedia inglesa.
			Edition = " " .. wrap( 'sin edición', Edition ) -- No existe el parámetro en el módulo de la wikipedia inglesa.
		else
			Edition = " " .. wrap( 'edition', Edition )
		end
	else
		Edition = ""
	end
    Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
    Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
    OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
    Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

    if is_set(Volume) then
        if Volume:match ('^%d+$') or Volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') -- negrita solamente si el capítulo está reflejado como cifra decimal o números romanos
          then Volume = " <b>" .. dashtohyphen(Volume) .. "</b>";
          else Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
        end
    end

--[[ This code commented out while discussion continues until after week of 2014-03-23 live module update;
    if is_set(Volume) then
        if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
          then Volume = sepc .. " " .. Volume;
          else
              Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
              if is_set(Series) then Volume = sepc .. Volume;
              end
        end
    end
]]    
    ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
    --[[ Loosely mimic {{subscription required}} template; Via parameter identifies a delivery source that is not the publisher; these sources often, but not always, exist
    behind a registration or paywall.  So here, we've chosen to decouple via from subscription (via has never been part of the registration required template).
    
    Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
    ]]
    if is_set(Via) then
        Via = " " .. wrap( 'via', Via );
    end

	if UrlAccess == 'registration' then
		RegistrationRequired = true
	end
	if is_set(SubscriptionRequired) then
        SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; --here when 'via' parameter not used but 'subscription' is
    elseif is_set(RegistrationRequired) then
        SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; --here when 'via' and 'subscription' parameters not used but 'registration' is
    end

--  if is_set(AccessDate) then
    if is_set(AccessDate)  or is_set(AnyoAcceso) then
        -- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
        if  sinURL then
            table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
           	AccessDate = '';
        else
        	if is_set(AccessDate) then
				if is_set(MesAcceso) and is_set(AnyoAcceso) then
					AccessDate = AccessDate .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;fechaacceso=</code>, <code>&#124;añoacceso=</code> y <code>&#124;mesacceso=</code>')
				elseif is_set(MesAcceso) then
					AccessDate = AccessDate .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;fechaacceso=</code> y <code>&#124;mesacceso=</code>')
				elseif is_set(AnyoAcceso) then
					if string.find(AccessDate, '%sde%s') then
						AccessDate = AccessDate .. ' de ' .. AnyoAcceso
				    else
						AccessDate = AccessDate .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;fechaacceso=</code> y <code>&#124;Añoacceso=</code>');
					end
				end
        	elseif is_set(MesAcceso) then 
        		AccessDate = MesAcceso .. ' de ' .. AnyoAcceso
        	else 
        		AccessDate = AnyoAcceso
        	end
            local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
            if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end
            AccessDate = '<span class="reference-accessdate">' .. sepc
              .. substitute( retrv_text, {format_date(AccessDate)} ) .. '</span>'
        end 
    elseif is_set(MesAcceso) then 
    end
    
    if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "tesis" == config.ClaseCita and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end

   Lista_Identificadores_Formateados = buildidlist( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, ISBNCorrecto = ISBNCorrecto, ISBNSugerido = ISBNSugerido} );
	
    if is_set(URL) then
        URL = " " .. externallink( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
    end
    
-- Set postscript default.
	if not is_set (PostScript) then						-- if |postscript= has not been set (Postscript is nil which is the default for {{citation}}) and
		if (config.ClaseCita ~= "citation") then	-- this template is not a citation template
			PostScript = '.';							-- must be a cite xxx template so set postscript to default (period)
		end
	else
		if PostScript:lower() == 'none' then			-- if |postscript=none then
			PostScript = '';							-- no postscript
		end
	end    

    if is_set(Quote) or is_set(TransQuote) then
    	-- Eliminar comillas de Quote
        if (Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"') or
           (Quote:sub(1,1) == '«' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '»') then
            Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
        end
        
        -- No añadir el punto final a la cita si el campo Quote ya incluye un punto
        if Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '.' or Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '?' or
           Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '!' then
           PostScript = ""
           end
           
        -- Eliminar comillas de TransQuote
        if (TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"') or
           (Quote:sub(1,1) == '«' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '»') then
			TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2);
			end
        
        -- No añadir el punto final a la cita si el campo TransQuote ya incluye un punto
        if TransQuote:sub(-1,-1) == '.' or TransQuote:sub(-1,-1) == '?' or
           TransQuote:sub(-1,-1) == '!' then
           PostScript = ""
           end
           Quote = Quote .. " " .. wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
           TransQuote = wrap( 'trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
        Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap( 'quoted-text', Quote ); 
    end
    
    local Archived
    if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
        if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
            ArchiveDate = seterror('archive_missing_date');
        else
        	ArchiveDate = format_date(ArchiveDate)
        end
        if "no" == DeadURL then
            local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
            if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
            Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
                { externallink( ArchiveURL, arch_text ), ArchiveDate } );
            if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
                Archived = Archived .. " " .. seterror('archive_missing_url');                               
            end
        elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
            local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
            if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
            Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
                { externallink( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ), ArchiveDate } );
        else
            local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
            if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
            Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
                { seterror('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
        end
    else
        Archived = ""
    end
    
    local Lay
    if is_set(LayURL) then
        if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. format_date(LayDate) .. ")" end
        if is_set(LaySource) then 
            LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safeforitalics(LaySource) .. "''";
        else
            LaySource = "";
        end
        if sepc == '.' then
            Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
        else
            Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
        end            
    else
        Lay = "";
    end
    
    if is_set(Transcript) then
        if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, Transcript ); end
    elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
        Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
    end
    
    local Publisher;
    if is_set(Periodical) and
--      not inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
        not inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"enciclopedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then        	
        if is_set(PublisherName) then
            if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
                Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
            else
                Publisher = PublisherName;  
            end
        elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
            Publisher= PublicationPlace;
        else 
            Publisher = "";
        end
        if is_set(PublicationDate) then
            if is_set(Publisher) then
                Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap( 'published', PublicationDate );
            else
                Publisher = PublicationDate;
            end
        end
        if is_set(Publisher) then
            Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
        end
    else
        if is_set(PublicationDate) then
            PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap( 'published', format_date(PublicationDate) ) .. ")";
        end
        if is_set(PublisherName) then
            if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
                Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
            else
                Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
            end            
        elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
            Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
        else 
            Publisher = PublicationDate;
        end
    end
    
    -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
    if is_set(Periodical) then
        if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 
            Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap( 'italic-title', Periodical ) 
        else 
            Periodical = wrap( 'italic-title', Periodical )
        end
    end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
	if "speech" == config.ClaseCita then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";							-- annotate the citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

    -- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
    -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
    -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

    local tcommon
--  if inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
    if inArray(config.ClaseCita, {"publicación","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
        if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
        tcommon = safejoin( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series, 
            Language, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
    else 
        tcommon = safejoin( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series, Language, 
            Volume, Issue, Others, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
    end
    
    if #Lista_Identificadores_Formateados > 0 then
        Lista_Identificadores_Formateados = safejoin( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( Lista_Identificadores_Formateados, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
    else
        Lista_Identificadores_Formateados = ID;
    end
    
    local idcommon = safejoin( { Lista_Identificadores_Formateados, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
    local text;
    local pgtext = Position .. Page .. Pages .. At .. Passage;
    
    if is_set(Authors) then
        if is_set(Coauthors) then
            Authors = Authors .. A['AuthorSeparator'] .. " " .. Coauthors
        end
        if is_set(Date) then
            Date = " ("..format_date(Date)..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
        elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
            Authors = Authors .. " "
        else
            Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
        end
        if is_set(Editors) then
            local in_text = " ";
            local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
			end
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
            else
                post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
            end
			if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
            Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
            if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc)
                then Editors = Editors .. " "
                else Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "
            end
        end
        text = safejoin( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
        text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
    elseif is_set(Editors) then
        if is_set(Date) then
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
            else
                Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
            end
            Date = " (" .. format_date(Date) ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
        else
            if EditorCount <= 1 then
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
            else
                Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
            end
        end
        text = safejoin( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
        text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
    else
        if is_set(Date) then
            if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
              then Date = sepc .." " .. format_date(Date) .. OrigYear
              else Date = " " .. format_date(Date) .. OrigYear
            end
        end
--      if config.ClaseCita=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
        if config.ClaseCita=="publicación" and is_set(Periodical) then        	
            text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
            text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
        else
            text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
            text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
        end
    end
    
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safejoin( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
--		text = text:sub(1,-2);	--Remove final separator (assumes that sepc is only one character)
	end    
    
    text = safejoin( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

    -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
    local options = {};
    
    if is_set(config.ClaseCita) and config.ClaseCita ~= "citation" then
        options.class = "citation " .. config.ClaseCita;
    else
        options.class = "citation";
    end
    
    if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
        local id = Ref
        if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
            local names = {} --table of last names & year
            if #a > 0 then
                for i,v in ipairs(a) do 
                    names[i] = v.last 
                    if i == 4 then break end
                end
            elseif #e > 0 then
                for i,v in ipairs(e) do 
                    names[i] = v.last 
                    if i == 4 then break end                
                end
            end
--			names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year);	-- Year first for legacy citations
--			names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, '');	-- Year first for legacy citations
			names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(wYear, wfecha, '');	-- Year first for legacy citations
            id = anchorid(names)
        end
        options.id = id;
    end
    
    if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
        z.error_categories = {};
        text = seterror('empty_citation');
        z.message_tail = {};
    end
    
    if is_set(options.id) then 
        text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
    else
        text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
    end        

    local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
    
    -- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
    local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
    text = text .. OCinS;
    
    if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
        text = text .. " ";
        for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
            if is_set(v[1]) then
                if i == #z.message_tail then
                    text = text .. errorcomment( v[1], v[2] );
                else
                    text = text .. errorcomment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
                end
            end
        end
    end
    
    no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
    if inArray(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
        for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
            text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
        end
    end
    
    return text
end

-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
function z.cita(frame)
    local pframe = frame:getParent()
    
    if nil ~= string.find( frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true ) then				-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
    	cfg       = mw.loadData('Módulo:Citas/Configuración/pruebas' );	-- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
    	whitelist = mw.loadData('Módulo:Citas/Whitelist/pruebas' );
    	dates     = require    ('Módulo:Citas/ValidaciónFechas/pruebas').dates	-- ... sandbox version of date validation code
    else																	-- otherwise
    	cfg       = mw.loadData('Módulo:Citas/Configuración' );			-- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
    	whitelist = mw.loadData('Módulo:Citas/Whitelist' );
    	dates     = require    ('Módulo:Citas/ValidaciónFechas').dates		-- ... live version of date validation code
	end
	
    local args = {};
    
    local suggestions = {};
    local error_text, error_state;

    local config = {};
    for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
        config[k] = v;
        args[k] = v;       
    end

    for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
        if v ~= '' then
            if not validate( k ) then            
                error_text = "";
                if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
                    -- Exclude empty numbered parameters
                    if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
                        error_text, error_state = seterror( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
                    end
                elseif validate( k:lower() ) then 
                    error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
                else

                    if #suggestions == 0 then
                        suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Módulo:Citas/Sugerencias' );
                    end
                    if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
                        error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
                    elseif cfg.parametros_a_implementar[k:lower()] then 
                    	error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parametro_por_implementar', {k}, true );
                    else
                        error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
                  end
                end                  
                if error_text ~= '' then
                    table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
                end                
            end
            args[k] = v;
        elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
            args[k] = v;
        end        
    end    
    
    return citation0( config, args)
end

return z
Obtenido de «https://es.churchofgod.wiki/index.php?title=Módulo:Citas&oldid=776»